[AArch64] Use debug_printf instead of fprintf_unfiltered
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / breakpoint.c
1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
2
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GDB.
6
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
11
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
19
20 #include "defs.h"
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
22 #include <ctype.h>
23 #include "hashtab.h"
24 #include "symtab.h"
25 #include "frame.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
28 #include "gdbtypes.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
30 #include "gdbcore.h"
31 #include "gdbcmd.h"
32 #include "value.h"
33 #include "command.h"
34 #include "inferior.h"
35 #include "infrun.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
37 #include "target.h"
38 #include "language.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
41 #include "annotate.h"
42 #include "symfile.h"
43 #include "objfiles.h"
44 #include "source.h"
45 #include "linespec.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
47 #include "gdb.h"
48 #include "ui-out.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "block.h"
51 #include "solib.h"
52 #include "solist.h"
53 #include "observer.h"
54 #include "memattr.h"
55 #include "ada-lang.h"
56 #include "top.h"
57 #include "valprint.h"
58 #include "jit.h"
59 #include "parser-defs.h"
60 #include "gdb_regex.h"
61 #include "probe.h"
62 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
63 #include "continuations.h"
64 #include "stack.h"
65 #include "skip.h"
66 #include "ax-gdb.h"
67 #include "dummy-frame.h"
68 #include "interps.h"
69 #include "format.h"
70 #include "location.h"
71 #include "thread-fsm.h"
72
73 /* readline include files */
74 #include "readline/readline.h"
75 #include "readline/history.h"
76
77 /* readline defines this. */
78 #undef savestring
79
80 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
81 #include "extension.h"
82
83 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
84 enum exception_event_kind
85 {
86 EX_EVENT_THROW,
87 EX_EVENT_RETHROW,
88 EX_EVENT_CATCH
89 };
90
91 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
92
93 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
94
95 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
96
97 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
98
99 static void disable_command (char *, int);
100
101 static void enable_command (char *, int);
102
103 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint *,
104 void *),
105 void *);
106
107 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
108
109 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
110
111 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *);
112
113 static void
114 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location *location,
115 struct linespec_result *canonical,
116 enum bptype type_wanted);
117
118 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *,
119 struct linespec_result *,
120 char *, char *, enum bptype,
121 enum bpdisp, int, int,
122 int,
123 const struct breakpoint_ops *,
124 int, int, int, unsigned);
125
126 static void decode_location_default (struct breakpoint *b,
127 const struct event_location *location,
128 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals);
129
130 static void clear_command (char *, int);
131
132 static void catch_command (char *, int);
133
134 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
135
136 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
137
138 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
139
140 static struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *,
141 enum bptype,
142 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
143 static struct bp_location *add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *,
144 const struct symtab_and_line *);
145
146 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
147 static. */
148 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
149 struct symtab_and_line,
150 enum bptype,
151 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
152
153 static struct breakpoint *
154 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
155 enum bptype type,
156 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
157 int loc_enabled);
158
159 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
160
161 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
162 CORE_ADDR bpaddr,
163 enum bptype bptype);
164
165 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
166 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
167 struct obj_section *, int);
168
169 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
170 struct bp_location *loc2);
171
172 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
173 struct address_space *aspace,
174 CORE_ADDR addr);
175
176 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
177
178 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
179
180 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
181 int (*) (const struct breakpoint *));
182
183 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
184
185 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
186
187 static void commands_command (char *, int);
188
189 static void condition_command (char *, int);
190
191 typedef enum
192 {
193 mark_inserted,
194 mark_uninserted
195 }
196 insertion_state_t;
197
198 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
199 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
200
201 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
202
203 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
204
205 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
206
207 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
208
209 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *);
210
211 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
212 enum bptype type,
213 int *other_type_used);
214
215 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
216
217 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
218
219 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp,
220 int count);
221
222 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
223
224 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
225
226 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
227
228 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
229
230 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
231 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
232 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
233
234 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
235
236 /* update_global_location_list's modes of operation wrt to whether to
237 insert locations now. */
238 enum ugll_insert_mode
239 {
240 /* Don't insert any breakpoint locations into the inferior, only
241 remove already-inserted locations that no longer should be
242 inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or breakpoints
243 should specify this mode, so that deleting a breakpoint doesn't
244 have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
245 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
246 returns true on them.
247
248 This behavior is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
249 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but
250 breakpoint shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT*
251 be restored to the new image; or before detaching, where the
252 target still has execution and wants to delete breakpoints from
253 GDB's lists, and all breakpoints had already been removed from
254 the inferior. */
255 UGLL_DONT_INSERT,
256
257 /* May insert breakpoints iff breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now
258 claims breakpoints should be inserted now. */
259 UGLL_MAY_INSERT,
260
261 /* Insert locations now, irrespective of
262 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now. E.g., say all threads are
263 stopped right now, and the user did "continue". We need to
264 insert breakpoints _before_ resuming the target, but
265 UGLL_MAY_INSERT wouldn't insert them, because
266 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now returns false at that point,
267 as no thread is running yet. */
268 UGLL_INSERT
269 };
270
271 static void update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode);
272
273 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode);
274
275 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
276
277 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
278
279 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
280
281 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
282
283 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
284
285 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
286
287 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
288
289 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num);
290
291 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
292
293 static struct bp_location **get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address);
294
295 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
296 otherwise. */
297
298 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b);
299
300 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
301 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
302 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
303 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
304
305 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
306 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops;
307
308 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
309 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops;
310
311 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
312 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
313
314 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
315 breakpoints. */
316 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
317
318 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
319 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
320
321 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
322 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
323
324 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
325 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
326 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
327 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
328 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
329 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
330
331 static const char dprintf_style_gdb[] = "gdb";
332 static const char dprintf_style_call[] = "call";
333 static const char dprintf_style_agent[] = "agent";
334 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums[] = {
335 dprintf_style_gdb,
336 dprintf_style_call,
337 dprintf_style_agent,
338 NULL
339 };
340 static const char *dprintf_style = dprintf_style_gdb;
341
342 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
343 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
344 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
345 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
346
347 static char *dprintf_function = "";
348
349 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
350 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
351 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
352 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
353 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
354 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
355 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
356
357 static char *dprintf_channel = "";
358
359 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
360 has disconnected. */
361 static int disconnected_dprintf = 1;
362
363 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
364 breakpoints share a single command list. */
365 struct counted_command_line
366 {
367 /* The reference count. */
368 int refc;
369
370 /* The command list. */
371 struct command_line *commands;
372 };
373
374 struct command_line *
375 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
376 {
377 return b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
378 }
379
380 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
381 current breakpoint. */
382
383 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
384
385 const char *
386 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
387 {
388 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
389 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
390 a breakpoint. */
391 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
392
393 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
394 }
395
396 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
397 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
398 if such is available. */
399 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
400
401 static void
402 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
403 struct cmd_list_element *c,
404 const char *value)
405 {
406 fprintf_filtered (file,
407 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
408 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
409 value);
410 }
411
412 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
413 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
414 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
415 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
416 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
417 static void
418 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
419 struct cmd_list_element *c,
420 const char *value)
421 {
422 fprintf_filtered (file,
423 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
424 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
425 value);
426 }
427
428 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
429 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
430 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
431 use hardware breakpoints. */
432 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
433 static void
434 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
435 struct cmd_list_element *c,
436 const char *value)
437 {
438 fprintf_filtered (file,
439 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
440 value);
441 }
442
443 /* If on, GDB keeps breakpoints inserted even if the inferior is
444 stopped, and immediately inserts any new breakpoints as soon as
445 they're created. If off (default), GDB keeps breakpoints off of
446 the target as long as possible. That is, it delays inserting
447 breakpoints until the next resume, and removes them again when the
448 target fully stops. This is a bit safer in case GDB crashes while
449 processing user input. */
450 static int always_inserted_mode = 0;
451
452 static void
453 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
454 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
455 {
456 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
457 value);
458 }
459
460 /* See breakpoint.h. */
461
462 int
463 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now (void)
464 {
465 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
466 {
467 /* If breakpoints are global, they should be inserted even if no
468 thread under gdb's control is running, or even if there are
469 no threads under GDB's control yet. */
470 return 1;
471 }
472 else if (target_has_execution)
473 {
474 struct thread_info *tp;
475
476 if (always_inserted_mode)
477 {
478 /* The user wants breakpoints inserted even if all threads
479 are stopped. */
480 return 1;
481 }
482
483 if (threads_are_executing ())
484 return 1;
485
486 /* Don't remove breakpoints yet if, even though all threads are
487 stopped, we still have events to process. */
488 ALL_NON_EXITED_THREADS (tp)
489 if (tp->resumed
490 && tp->suspend.waitstatus_pending_p)
491 return 1;
492 }
493 return 0;
494 }
495
496 static const char condition_evaluation_both[] = "host or target";
497
498 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
499 static const char condition_evaluation_auto[] = "auto";
500 static const char condition_evaluation_host[] = "host";
501 static const char condition_evaluation_target[] = "target";
502 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums[] = {
503 condition_evaluation_auto,
504 condition_evaluation_host,
505 condition_evaluation_target,
506 NULL
507 };
508
509 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
510 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_auto;
511
512 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
513 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
514 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_auto;
515
516 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
517 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
518 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
519 evaluation mode. */
520
521 static const char *
522 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode)
523 {
524 if (mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
525 {
526 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
527 return condition_evaluation_target;
528 else
529 return condition_evaluation_host;
530 }
531 else
532 return mode;
533 }
534
535 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
536
537 static const char *
538 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
539 {
540 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
541 }
542
543 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
544 otherwise. */
545
546 static int
547 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
548 {
549 const char *mode = breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
550
551 return (mode == condition_evaluation_host);
552 }
553
554 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
555
556 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
557 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
558
559 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
560 static int overlay_events_enabled;
561
562 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
563 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
564
565 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
566 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
567 current breakpoint. */
568
569 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
570
571 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
572 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
573 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
574 B = TMP)
575
576 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
577 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
578 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
579
580 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
581 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
582 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
583 BP_TMP++)
584
585 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
586 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
587 to where the loop should start from.
588 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
589 appropriate location to start with. */
590
591 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
592 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
593 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
594 BP_LOCP_START \
595 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
596 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
597 BP_LOCP_TMP++)
598
599 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
600
601 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
602 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
603 if (is_tracepoint (B))
604
605 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
606
607 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
608
609 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
610
611 static struct bp_location **bp_location;
612
613 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
614
615 static unsigned bp_location_count;
616
617 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
618 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
619 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
620 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
621 an address you need to read. */
622
623 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max;
624
625 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
626 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
627 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
628 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
629 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
630
631 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max;
632
633 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
634 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
635 by a target. */
636 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
637
638 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
639
640 static int breakpoint_count;
641
642 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
643 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
644 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
645 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
646 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
647
648 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
649
650 static int tracepoint_count;
651
652 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
653 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
654 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
655
656 /* See declaration at breakpoint.h. */
657
658 struct breakpoint *
659 breakpoint_find_if (int (*func) (struct breakpoint *b, void *d),
660 void *user_data)
661 {
662 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
663
664 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
665 {
666 if (func (b, user_data) != 0)
667 break;
668 }
669
670 return b;
671 }
672
673 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
674 static int
675 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
676 {
677 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
678 }
679
680 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
681
682 static void
683 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
684 {
685 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
686 breakpoint_count = num;
687 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
688 }
689
690 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
691 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
692 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
693
694 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
695 breakpoint made. */
696
697 void
698 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
699 {
700 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
701 }
702
703 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
704 breakpoint made. */
705
706 void
707 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
708 {
709 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
710 }
711
712 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
713
714 void
715 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
716 {
717 struct breakpoint *b;
718
719 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
720 b->hit_count = 0;
721 }
722
723 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
724 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
725
726 static struct counted_command_line *
727 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line *commands)
728 {
729 struct counted_command_line *result = XNEW (struct counted_command_line);
730
731 result->refc = 1;
732 result->commands = commands;
733
734 return result;
735 }
736
737 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
738
739 static void
740 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line *cmd)
741 {
742 if (cmd)
743 ++cmd->refc;
744 }
745
746 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
747 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
748 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
749
750 static void
751 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
752 {
753 if (*cmdp)
754 {
755 if (--(*cmdp)->refc == 0)
756 {
757 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp)->commands);
758 xfree (*cmdp);
759 }
760 *cmdp = NULL;
761 }
762 }
763
764 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
765
766 static void
767 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg)
768 {
769 decref_counted_command_line (arg);
770 }
771
772 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
773 argument. */
774
775 static struct cleanup *
776 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
777 {
778 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line, cmdp);
779 }
780
781 \f
782 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
783 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
784
785 struct breakpoint *
786 get_breakpoint (int num)
787 {
788 struct breakpoint *b;
789
790 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
791 if (b->number == num)
792 return b;
793
794 return NULL;
795 }
796
797 \f
798
799 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
800 evaluating conditions on its side. */
801
802 static void
803 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint *b)
804 {
805 struct bp_location *loc;
806
807 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
808 evaluating conditions and if the user has
809 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
810 side. */
811 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
812 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
813 return;
814
815 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
816 return;
817
818 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
819 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
820 }
821
822 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
823 evaluating conditions on its side. */
824
825 static void
826 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location *loc)
827 {
828 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
829 evaluating conditions and if the user has
830 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
831 side. */
832 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
833 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
834
835 return;
836
837 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner))
838 return;
839
840 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
841 }
842
843 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
844 condition_evaluation_mode. */
845
846 static void
847 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args, int from_tty,
848 struct cmd_list_element *c)
849 {
850 const char *old_mode, *new_mode;
851
852 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1 == condition_evaluation_target)
853 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
854 {
855 condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_mode;
856 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
857 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
858 return;
859 }
860
861 new_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1);
862 old_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
863
864 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
865 settings was "auto". */
866 condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_mode_1;
867
868 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
869 if (new_mode != old_mode)
870 {
871 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
872 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
873 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
874
875 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
876 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
877 */
878
879 if (new_mode == condition_evaluation_target)
880 {
881 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
882 target. */
883 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
884 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
885 }
886 else
887 {
888 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
889 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
890 target knows about. */
891 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
892 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->inserted)
893 loc->needs_update = 1;
894 }
895
896 /* Do the update. */
897 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
898 }
899
900 return;
901 }
902
903 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
904 what "auto" is translating to. */
905
906 static void
907 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
908 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
909 {
910 if (condition_evaluation_mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
911 fprintf_filtered (file,
912 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
913 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
914 value,
915 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
916 else
917 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
918 value);
919 }
920
921 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
922 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
923 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
924
925 static int
926 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap, const void *bp)
927 {
928 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
929 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
930
931 if (a->address == b->address)
932 return 0;
933 else
934 return ((a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address));
935 }
936
937 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
938 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
939 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
940 return NULL. */
941
942 static struct bp_location **
943 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address)
944 {
945 struct bp_location dummy_loc;
946 struct bp_location *dummy_locp = &dummy_loc;
947 struct bp_location **locp_found = NULL;
948
949 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
950 memset (&dummy_loc, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location));
951 dummy_loc.address = address;
952
953 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
954 locp_found = bsearch (&dummy_locp, bp_location, bp_location_count,
955 sizeof (struct bp_location **),
956 bp_location_compare_addrs);
957
958 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
959 if (locp_found == NULL)
960 return NULL;
961
962 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
963 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
964 while ((locp_found - 1) >= bp_location
965 && (*(locp_found - 1))->address == address)
966 locp_found--;
967
968 return locp_found;
969 }
970
971 void
972 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, const char *exp,
973 int from_tty)
974 {
975 xfree (b->cond_string);
976 b->cond_string = NULL;
977
978 if (is_watchpoint (b))
979 {
980 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
981
982 xfree (w->cond_exp);
983 w->cond_exp = NULL;
984 }
985 else
986 {
987 struct bp_location *loc;
988
989 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
990 {
991 xfree (loc->cond);
992 loc->cond = NULL;
993
994 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
995 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
996 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
997 }
998 }
999
1000 if (*exp == 0)
1001 {
1002 if (from_tty)
1003 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
1004 }
1005 else
1006 {
1007 const char *arg = exp;
1008
1009 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
1010 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
1011 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
1012 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
1013
1014 if (is_watchpoint (b))
1015 {
1016 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
1017
1018 innermost_block = NULL;
1019 arg = exp;
1020 w->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
1021 if (*arg)
1022 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1023 w->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
1024 }
1025 else
1026 {
1027 struct bp_location *loc;
1028
1029 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1030 {
1031 arg = exp;
1032 loc->cond =
1033 parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
1034 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
1035 if (*arg)
1036 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1037 }
1038 }
1039 }
1040 mark_breakpoint_modified (b);
1041
1042 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1043 }
1044
1045 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
1046
1047 static VEC (char_ptr) *
1048 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
1049 const char *text, const char *word)
1050 {
1051 const char *space;
1052
1053 text = skip_spaces_const (text);
1054 space = skip_to_space_const (text);
1055 if (*space == '\0')
1056 {
1057 int len;
1058 struct breakpoint *b;
1059 VEC (char_ptr) *result = NULL;
1060
1061 if (text[0] == '$')
1062 {
1063 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1064 if (isdigit (text[1]))
1065 return NULL;
1066 return complete_internalvar (&text[1]);
1067 }
1068
1069 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1070 len = strlen (text);
1071
1072 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1073 {
1074 char number[50];
1075
1076 xsnprintf (number, sizeof (number), "%d", b->number);
1077
1078 if (strncmp (number, text, len) == 0)
1079 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr, result, xstrdup (number));
1080 }
1081
1082 return result;
1083 }
1084
1085 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1086 text = skip_spaces_const (space);
1087 return expression_completer (cmd, text, word);
1088 }
1089
1090 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1091
1092 static void
1093 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1094 {
1095 struct breakpoint *b;
1096 char *p;
1097 int bnum;
1098
1099 if (arg == 0)
1100 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1101
1102 p = arg;
1103 bnum = get_number (&p);
1104 if (bnum == 0)
1105 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
1106
1107 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1108 if (b->number == bnum)
1109 {
1110 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
1111 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
1112 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1113 const struct extension_language_defn *extlang
1114 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b, EXT_LANG_NONE);
1115
1116 if (extlang != NULL)
1117 {
1118 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
1119 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
1120 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang));
1121 }
1122 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
1123
1124 if (is_breakpoint (b))
1125 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
1126
1127 return;
1128 }
1129
1130 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
1131 }
1132
1133 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1134 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1135 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1136
1137 static void
1138 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
1139 {
1140 struct command_line *c;
1141
1142 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1143 {
1144 int i;
1145
1146 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1147 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1148 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1149
1150 for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i)
1151 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]);
1152
1153 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1154 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1155 command directly. */
1156 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
1157 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1158
1159 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
1160 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1161 }
1162 }
1163
1164 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1165
1166 static int
1167 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type)
1168 {
1169 return (type == bp_tracepoint
1170 || type == bp_fast_tracepoint
1171 || type == bp_static_tracepoint);
1172 }
1173
1174 int
1175 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
1176 {
1177 return is_tracepoint_type (b->type);
1178 }
1179
1180 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1181 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1182 found. */
1183
1184 static void
1185 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
1186 struct command_line *commands)
1187 {
1188 if (is_tracepoint (b))
1189 {
1190 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
1191 struct command_line *c;
1192 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
1193
1194 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1195 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1196 ones might not. */
1197 t->step_count = 0;
1198
1199 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1200 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1201 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1202 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1203 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1204 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1205 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1206 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1207 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1208 tracepoint's context. */
1209 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1210 {
1211 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1212 {
1213 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
1214 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1215 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1216 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1217 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1218 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1219
1220 if (while_stepping)
1221 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1222 "can be used only once"));
1223 else
1224 while_stepping = c;
1225 }
1226
1227 validate_actionline (c->line, b);
1228 }
1229 if (while_stepping)
1230 {
1231 struct command_line *c2;
1232
1233 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1);
1234 c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0];
1235 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
1236 {
1237 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1238 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1239 }
1240 }
1241 }
1242 else
1243 {
1244 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
1245 }
1246 }
1247
1248 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1249 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1250
1251 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
1252 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
1253 {
1254 struct breakpoint *b;
1255 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
1256 struct bp_location *loc;
1257
1258 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1259 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1260 {
1261 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1262 if (loc->address == addr)
1263 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
1264 }
1265
1266 return found;
1267 }
1268
1269 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1270 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1271
1272 void
1273 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
1274 struct command_line *commands)
1275 {
1276 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands);
1277
1278 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1279 b->commands = alloc_counted_command_line (commands);
1280 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1281 }
1282
1283 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1284 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1285 commands. */
1286
1287 void
1288 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
1289 {
1290 int old_silent = b->silent;
1291
1292 b->silent = silent;
1293 if (old_silent != silent)
1294 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1295 }
1296
1297 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1298 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1299
1300 void
1301 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
1302 {
1303 int old_thread = b->thread;
1304
1305 b->thread = thread;
1306 if (old_thread != thread)
1307 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1308 }
1309
1310 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1311 breakpoint work for any task. */
1312
1313 void
1314 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
1315 {
1316 int old_task = b->task;
1317
1318 b->task = task;
1319 if (old_task != task)
1320 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1321 }
1322
1323 void
1324 check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure)
1325 {
1326 struct breakpoint *b = closure;
1327
1328 validate_actionline (line, b);
1329 }
1330
1331 /* A structure used to pass information through
1332 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1333
1334 struct commands_info
1335 {
1336 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1337 int from_tty;
1338
1339 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1340 char *arg;
1341
1342 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1343 already-parsed command. */
1344 struct command_line *control;
1345
1346 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1347 yet been read. */
1348 struct counted_command_line *cmd;
1349 };
1350
1351 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1352 commands_command. */
1353
1354 static void
1355 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint *b, void *data)
1356 {
1357 struct commands_info *info = data;
1358
1359 if (info->cmd == NULL)
1360 {
1361 struct command_line *l;
1362
1363 if (info->control != NULL)
1364 l = copy_command_lines (info->control->body_list[0]);
1365 else
1366 {
1367 struct cleanup *old_chain;
1368 char *str;
1369
1370 str = xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1371 "%s, one per line."),
1372 info->arg);
1373
1374 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
1375
1376 l = read_command_lines (str,
1377 info->from_tty, 1,
1378 (is_tracepoint (b)
1379 ? check_tracepoint_command : 0),
1380 b);
1381
1382 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1383 }
1384
1385 info->cmd = alloc_counted_command_line (l);
1386 }
1387
1388 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1389 do anything. */
1390 if (b->commands != info->cmd)
1391 {
1392 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, info->cmd->commands);
1393 incref_counted_command_line (info->cmd);
1394 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1395 b->commands = info->cmd;
1396 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1397 }
1398 }
1399
1400 static void
1401 commands_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
1402 struct command_line *control)
1403 {
1404 struct cleanup *cleanups;
1405 struct commands_info info;
1406
1407 info.from_tty = from_tty;
1408 info.control = control;
1409 info.cmd = NULL;
1410 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1411 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1412 cleanups = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info.cmd);
1413
1414 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
1415 {
1416 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
1417 arg = xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
1418 breakpoint_count);
1419 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
1420 arg = xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
1421 else
1422 {
1423 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1424 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1425 numbers will fail in this case. */
1426 arg = NULL;
1427 }
1428 }
1429 else
1430 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1431 our argument. */
1432 arg = xstrdup (arg);
1433
1434 if (arg != NULL)
1435 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
1436
1437 info.arg = arg;
1438
1439 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_commands_command, &info);
1440
1441 if (info.cmd == NULL)
1442 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1443
1444 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1445 }
1446
1447 static void
1448 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1449 {
1450 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
1451 }
1452
1453 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1454 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1455
1456 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1457 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1458 enum command_control_type
1459 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
1460 {
1461 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
1462 return simple_control;
1463 }
1464
1465 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1466
1467 static int
1468 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
1469 {
1470 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1471 return 0;
1472 if (!bl->inserted)
1473 return 0;
1474 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
1475 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1476 return 0;
1477 return 1;
1478 }
1479
1480 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1481 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1482 contents.
1483
1484 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1485 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1486 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1487
1488 static void
1489 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1490 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1491 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len,
1492 struct bp_target_info *target_info,
1493 struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
1494 {
1495 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1496 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1497 int bp_size = 0;
1498 int bptoffset = 0;
1499
1500 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info->placed_address_space, 0,
1501 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1502 {
1503 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1504 return;
1505 }
1506
1507 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1508 we need to copy. */
1509 bp_addr = target_info->placed_address;
1510 bp_size = target_info->shadow_len;
1511
1512 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1513 {
1514 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1515 reading. */
1516 return;
1517 }
1518
1519 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1520 {
1521 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1522 reading. */
1523 return;
1524 }
1525
1526 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1527 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1528 {
1529 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1530 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1531 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1532 bp_addr = memaddr;
1533 }
1534
1535 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1536 {
1537 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1538 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1539 }
1540
1541 if (readbuf != NULL)
1542 {
1543 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1544 shadow_contents buffer. */
1545 gdb_assert (target_info->shadow_contents >= readbuf + len
1546 || readbuf >= (target_info->shadow_contents
1547 + target_info->shadow_len));
1548
1549 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1550 shadow. */
1551 memcpy (readbuf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1552 target_info->shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1553 }
1554 else
1555 {
1556 const unsigned char *bp;
1557 CORE_ADDR addr = target_info->reqstd_address;
1558 int placed_size;
1559
1560 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1561 memcpy (target_info->shadow_contents + bptoffset,
1562 writebuf_org + bp_addr - memaddr, bp_size);
1563
1564 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1565 address. */
1566 bp = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &addr, &placed_size);
1567
1568 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1569 breakpoint's INSN. */
1570 memcpy (writebuf + bp_addr - memaddr, bp + bptoffset, bp_size);
1571 }
1572 }
1573
1574 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1575 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1576
1577 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1578 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1579 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1580
1581 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1582 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1583 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1584 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1585 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1586 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1587 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1588 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1589 and:
1590 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1591
1592 void
1593 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1594 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1595 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1596 {
1597 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1598 search. */
1599 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1600 size_t i;
1601
1602 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1603 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1604 report higher one. */
1605
1606 bc_l = 0;
1607 bc_r = bp_location_count;
1608 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1609 {
1610 struct bp_location *bl;
1611
1612 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1613 bl = bp_location[bc];
1614
1615 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1616 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1617 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1618 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1619
1620 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1621 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1622 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1623
1624 if ((bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1625 >= bl->address)
1626 && (bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1627 <= memaddr))
1628 bc_l = bc;
1629 else
1630 bc_r = bc;
1631 }
1632
1633 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1634 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1635 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1636 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1637 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1638 B:
1639
1640 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1641
1642 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1643 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1644 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1645 and L2. */
1646 while (bc_l > 0
1647 && bp_location[bc_l]->address == bp_location[bc_l - 1]->address)
1648 bc_l--;
1649
1650 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1651
1652 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_location_count; bc++)
1653 {
1654 struct bp_location *bl = bp_location[bc];
1655 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1656 int bp_size = 0;
1657 int bptoffset = 0;
1658
1659 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1660 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1661 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1662 bl->owner->number);
1663
1664 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1665 content. */
1666
1667 if (bl->address >= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1668 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1669 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max))
1670 break;
1671
1672 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1673 continue;
1674
1675 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf, writebuf, writebuf_org,
1676 memaddr, len, &bl->target_info, bl->gdbarch);
1677 }
1678 }
1679
1680 \f
1681
1682 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1683 breakpoint. */
1684
1685 int
1686 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1687 {
1688 return (bpt->type == bp_breakpoint
1689 || bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
1690 || bpt->type == bp_dprintf);
1691 }
1692
1693 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1694
1695 static int
1696 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1697 {
1698 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1699 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1700 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1701 }
1702
1703 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1704 software. */
1705
1706 int
1707 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1708 {
1709 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1710 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1711 }
1712
1713 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1714 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1715 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1716 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1717 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1718 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1719 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1720 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1721
1722 static int
1723 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint *b)
1724 {
1725 return (b->base.pspace == current_program_space
1726 && (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1727 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1728 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))));
1729 }
1730
1731 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1732 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1733
1734 static void
1735 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint *w)
1736 {
1737 struct breakpoint *b = &w->base;
1738
1739 if (b->related_breakpoint != b)
1740 {
1741 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1742 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == b);
1743 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1744 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
1745 b->related_breakpoint = b;
1746 }
1747 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1748 }
1749
1750 /* Extract a bitfield value from value VAL using the bit parameters contained in
1751 watchpoint W. */
1752
1753 static struct value *
1754 extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (struct watchpoint *w, struct value *val)
1755 {
1756 struct value *bit_val;
1757
1758 if (val == NULL)
1759 return NULL;
1760
1761 bit_val = allocate_value (value_type (val));
1762
1763 unpack_value_bitfield (bit_val,
1764 w->val_bitpos,
1765 w->val_bitsize,
1766 value_contents_for_printing (val),
1767 value_offset (val),
1768 val);
1769
1770 return bit_val;
1771 }
1772
1773 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1774 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1775 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1776 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1777 in b->loc->cond.
1778 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1779
1780 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1781 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1782 it.
1783
1784 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1785 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1786 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1787 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1788 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1789 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1790 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1791 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1792
1793 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1794 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1795 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1796 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1797 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1798 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1799 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1800 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1801 not changed.
1802
1803 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1804 hardware watchpoints:
1805
1806 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1807 called several times when GDB stops.
1808
1809 [linux]
1810 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1811 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1812 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1813 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1814 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1815 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1816 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1817 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1818 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1819 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1820 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1821
1822 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1823 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1824
1825 static void
1826 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint *b, int reparse)
1827 {
1828 int within_current_scope;
1829 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1830 int frame_saved;
1831
1832 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1833 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1834 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1835 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1836 return;
1837
1838 if (b->base.disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1839 return;
1840
1841 frame_saved = 0;
1842
1843 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1844 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1845 within_current_scope = 1;
1846 else
1847 {
1848 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1849 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1850 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1851
1852 /* If we're at a point where the stack has been destroyed
1853 (e.g. in a function epilogue), unwinding may not work
1854 properly. Do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1855 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1856 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1857 return;
1858
1859 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1860 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1861 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1862 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1863 selected frame. */
1864 frame_saved = 1;
1865 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1866
1867 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1868 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1869 if (within_current_scope)
1870 select_frame (fi);
1871 }
1872
1873 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1874 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1875 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1876 b->base.loc = NULL;
1877
1878 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1879 {
1880 const char *s;
1881
1882 if (b->exp)
1883 {
1884 xfree (b->exp);
1885 b->exp = NULL;
1886 }
1887 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1888 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1889 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1890 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1891 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1892 be completely different objects. */
1893 value_free (b->val);
1894 b->val = NULL;
1895 b->val_valid = 0;
1896
1897 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1898 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1899 locations (re)created below. */
1900 if (b->base.cond_string != NULL)
1901 {
1902 if (b->cond_exp != NULL)
1903 {
1904 xfree (b->cond_exp);
1905 b->cond_exp = NULL;
1906 }
1907
1908 s = b->base.cond_string;
1909 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1910 }
1911 }
1912
1913 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1914 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1915 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1916 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1917 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1918 if (!target_has_execution)
1919 {
1920 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1921 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1922 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1923 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
1924 {
1925 if (b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
1926 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1927 else
1928 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1929 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1930 }
1931 }
1932 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1933 {
1934 int pc = 0;
1935 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
1936 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1937
1938 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain, 0);
1939
1940 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1941 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1942 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1943 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1944 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1945 watchpoints. */
1946 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
1947 {
1948 if (b->val_bitsize != 0)
1949 {
1950 v = extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b, v);
1951 if (v != NULL)
1952 release_value (v);
1953 }
1954 b->val = v;
1955 b->val_valid = 1;
1956 }
1957
1958 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1959
1960 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1961 for (v = val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
1962 {
1963 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1964 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1965 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1966 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1967 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1968 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1969 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
1970 {
1971 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1972
1973 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1974 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1975 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1976 if (v == result
1977 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1978 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1979 {
1980 CORE_ADDR addr;
1981 enum target_hw_bp_type type;
1982 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1983 int bitpos = 0, bitsize = 0;
1984
1985 if (value_bitsize (v) != 0)
1986 {
1987 /* Extract the bit parameters out from the bitfield
1988 sub-expression. */
1989 bitpos = value_bitpos (v);
1990 bitsize = value_bitsize (v);
1991 }
1992 else if (v == result && b->val_bitsize != 0)
1993 {
1994 /* If VAL_BITSIZE != 0 then RESULT is actually a bitfield
1995 lvalue whose bit parameters are saved in the fields
1996 VAL_BITPOS and VAL_BITSIZE. */
1997 bitpos = b->val_bitpos;
1998 bitsize = b->val_bitsize;
1999 }
2000
2001 addr = value_address (v);
2002 if (bitsize != 0)
2003 {
2004 /* Skip the bytes that don't contain the bitfield. */
2005 addr += bitpos / 8;
2006 }
2007
2008 type = hw_write;
2009 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
2010 type = hw_read;
2011 else if (b->base.type == bp_access_watchpoint)
2012 type = hw_access;
2013
2014 loc = allocate_bp_location (&b->base);
2015 for (tmp = &(b->base.loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
2016 ;
2017 *tmp = loc;
2018 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
2019
2020 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
2021 loc->address = addr;
2022
2023 if (bitsize != 0)
2024 {
2025 /* Just cover the bytes that make up the bitfield. */
2026 loc->length = ((bitpos % 8) + bitsize + 7) / 8;
2027 }
2028 else
2029 loc->length = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
2030
2031 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
2032 }
2033 }
2034 }
2035
2036 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
2037 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
2038 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
2039 is started. */
2040 if (reparse)
2041 {
2042 int reg_cnt;
2043 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
2044 struct bp_location *bl;
2045
2046 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
2047
2048 if (reg_cnt)
2049 {
2050 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
2051 enum bptype type;
2052
2053 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
2054 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
2055 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
2056
2057 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
2058 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
2059 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
2060 this watchpoint in as well. */
2061
2062 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
2063 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
2064 hardware watchpoint type. */
2065 type = b->base.type;
2066 if (type == bp_watchpoint)
2067 type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
2068
2069 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
2070 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
2071 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
2072 through watch_command), so always account for it
2073 manually. */
2074
2075 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
2076 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b->base, type, &other_type_used);
2077
2078 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
2079 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b->base);
2080
2081 target_resources_ok
2082 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type, i, other_type_used);
2083 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
2084 {
2085 int sw_mode = b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base);
2086
2087 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
2088 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
2089 "hardware watchpoint."));
2090 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
2091 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
2092 "resources for this watchpoint."));
2093
2094 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
2095 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
2096 }
2097 else
2098 {
2099 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
2100 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
2101 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
2102 nop. */
2103 b->base.type = type;
2104 }
2105 }
2106 else if (!b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
2107 {
2108 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
2109 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
2110 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
2111 else
2112 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
2113 "read/access watchpoint."));
2114 }
2115 else
2116 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
2117
2118 loc_type = (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
2119 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
2120 for (bl = b->base.loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
2121 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
2122 }
2123
2124 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
2125 {
2126 next = value_next (v);
2127 if (v != b->val)
2128 value_free (v);
2129 }
2130
2131 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
2132 above left it without any location set up. But,
2133 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
2134 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
2135 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint && b->base.loc == NULL)
2136 {
2137 struct breakpoint *base = &b->base;
2138 base->loc = allocate_bp_location (base);
2139 base->loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
2140 base->loc->address = -1;
2141 base->loc->length = -1;
2142 base->loc->watchpoint_type = -1;
2143 }
2144 }
2145 else if (!within_current_scope)
2146 {
2147 printf_filtered (_("\
2148 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
2149 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
2150 b->base.number);
2151 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
2152 }
2153
2154 /* Restore the selected frame. */
2155 if (frame_saved)
2156 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
2157 }
2158
2159
2160 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
2161 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
2162 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
2163 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2164 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2165 static int
2166 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2167 {
2168 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
2169 return 0;
2170
2171 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2172 return 0;
2173
2174 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
2175 return 0;
2176
2177 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl->owner) && bl->pspace->executing_startup)
2178 return 0;
2179
2180 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2181 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2182 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2183 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2184 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2185 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2186 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2187 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2188 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
2189 return 0;
2190
2191 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2192 location. */
2193 if ((bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2194 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2195 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl->pspace->aspace,
2196 bl->address))
2197 {
2198 if (debug_infrun)
2199 {
2200 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog,
2201 "infrun: skipping breakpoint: "
2202 "stepping past insn at: %s\n",
2203 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2204 }
2205 return 0;
2206 }
2207
2208 /* Don't insert watchpoints if we're trying to step past the
2209 instruction that triggered one. */
2210 if ((bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
2211 && stepping_past_nonsteppable_watchpoint ())
2212 {
2213 if (debug_infrun)
2214 {
2215 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog,
2216 "infrun: stepping past non-steppable watchpoint. "
2217 "skipping watchpoint at %s:%d\n",
2218 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
2219 bl->length);
2220 }
2221 return 0;
2222 }
2223
2224 return 1;
2225 }
2226
2227 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2228 that the location is not duplicated. */
2229
2230 static int
2231 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2232 {
2233 int result;
2234 const int save_duplicate = bl->duplicate;
2235
2236 bl->duplicate = 0;
2237 result = should_be_inserted (bl);
2238 bl->duplicate = save_duplicate;
2239 return result;
2240 }
2241
2242 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2243 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2244 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2245 any error during parsing. */
2246
2247 static struct agent_expr *
2248 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, struct expression *cond)
2249 {
2250 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2251
2252 if (!cond)
2253 return NULL;
2254
2255 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2256 that may show up. */
2257 TRY
2258 {
2259 aexpr = gen_eval_for_expr (scope, cond);
2260 }
2261
2262 CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2263 {
2264 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2265 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2266 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2267 return NULL;
2268 }
2269 END_CATCH
2270
2271 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2272 return aexpr;
2273 }
2274
2275 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2276 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2277 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2278 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2279 one of them is true. */
2280
2281 static void
2282 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2283 {
2284 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2285 int null_condition_or_parse_error = 0;
2286 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2287 struct bp_location *loc;
2288
2289 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2290 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions);
2291
2292 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2293 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2294 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2295 side. */
2296 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2297 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2298 return;
2299
2300 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2301 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2302 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2303 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2304 response back to GDB. */
2305 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2306 {
2307 loc = (*loc2p);
2308 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2309 {
2310 if (modified)
2311 {
2312 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2313
2314 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2315 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2316 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2317 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2318 aexpr = parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl->address, loc->cond);
2319 loc->cond_bytecode = aexpr;
2320
2321 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2322 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2323 to the target. */
2324 if (aexpr)
2325 continue;
2326 }
2327
2328 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2329 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2330 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2331 {
2332 null_condition_or_parse_error = 1;
2333 break;
2334 }
2335 }
2336 }
2337
2338 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2339 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2340 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2341
2342 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2343 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2344 if (null_condition_or_parse_error)
2345 {
2346 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2347 {
2348 loc = (*loc2p);
2349 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2350 {
2351 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2352 located. */
2353 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2354 return;
2355
2356 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
2357 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
2358 }
2359 }
2360 }
2361
2362 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2363 for this location's address. */
2364 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2365 {
2366 loc = (*loc2p);
2367 if (loc->cond
2368 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2369 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2370 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2371 && loc->enabled)
2372 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2373 conditions to the target. */
2374 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions,
2375 loc->cond_bytecode);
2376 }
2377
2378 return;
2379 }
2380
2381 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2382 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2383 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2384
2385 static struct agent_expr *
2386 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, char *cmd)
2387 {
2388 struct cleanup *old_cleanups = 0;
2389 struct expression *expr, **argvec;
2390 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2391 const char *cmdrest;
2392 const char *format_start, *format_end;
2393 struct format_piece *fpieces;
2394 int nargs;
2395 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
2396
2397 if (!cmd)
2398 return NULL;
2399
2400 cmdrest = cmd;
2401
2402 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2403 ++cmdrest;
2404 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2405
2406 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2407 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2408
2409 format_start = cmdrest;
2410
2411 fpieces = parse_format_string (&cmdrest);
2412
2413 old_cleanups = make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup, &fpieces);
2414
2415 format_end = cmdrest;
2416
2417 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2418 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2419
2420 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2421
2422 if (!(*cmdrest == ',' || *cmdrest == '\0'))
2423 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2424
2425 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2426 cmdrest++;
2427 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2428
2429 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2430
2431 argvec = (struct expression **) alloca (strlen (cmd)
2432 * sizeof (struct expression *));
2433
2434 nargs = 0;
2435 while (*cmdrest != '\0')
2436 {
2437 const char *cmd1;
2438
2439 cmd1 = cmdrest;
2440 expr = parse_exp_1 (&cmd1, scope, block_for_pc (scope), 1);
2441 argvec[nargs++] = expr;
2442 cmdrest = cmd1;
2443 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2444 ++cmdrest;
2445 }
2446
2447 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2448 that may show up. */
2449 TRY
2450 {
2451 aexpr = gen_printf (scope, gdbarch, 0, 0,
2452 format_start, format_end - format_start,
2453 fpieces, nargs, argvec);
2454 }
2455 CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2456 {
2457 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2458 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2459 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2460 aexpr = NULL;
2461 }
2462 END_CATCH
2463
2464 do_cleanups (old_cleanups);
2465
2466 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2467 return aexpr;
2468 }
2469
2470 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2471 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2472 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2473
2474 static void
2475 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2476 {
2477 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2478 int null_command_or_parse_error = 0;
2479 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2480 struct bp_location *loc;
2481
2482 /* Release commands left over from a previous insert. */
2483 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands);
2484
2485 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2486 return;
2487
2488 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2489 if (dprintf_style != dprintf_style_agent)
2490 return;
2491
2492 /* For now, if we have any duplicate location that isn't a dprintf,
2493 don't install the target-side commands, as that would make the
2494 breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2495 control. */
2496 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2497 {
2498 loc = (*loc2p);
2499 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2500 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2501 && loc->owner->type != bp_dprintf)
2502 return;
2503 }
2504
2505 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2506 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2507 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2508 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2509 response back to GDB. */
2510 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2511 {
2512 loc = (*loc2p);
2513 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2514 {
2515 if (modified)
2516 {
2517 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2518
2519 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2520 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2521 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2522 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2523 aexpr = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl->address,
2524 loc->owner->extra_string);
2525 loc->cmd_bytecode = aexpr;
2526
2527 if (!aexpr)
2528 continue;
2529 }
2530
2531 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2532 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2533 if (!loc->cmd_bytecode)
2534 {
2535 null_command_or_parse_error = 1;
2536 break;
2537 }
2538 }
2539 }
2540
2541 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2542 and so clean up. */
2543 if (null_command_or_parse_error)
2544 {
2545 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2546 {
2547 loc = (*loc2p);
2548 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2549 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2550 {
2551 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2552 located. */
2553 if (loc->cmd_bytecode == NULL)
2554 return;
2555
2556 free_agent_expr (loc->cmd_bytecode);
2557 loc->cmd_bytecode = NULL;
2558 }
2559 }
2560 }
2561
2562 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2563 for this location's address. */
2564 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2565 {
2566 loc = (*loc2p);
2567 if (loc->owner->extra_string
2568 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2569 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2570 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2571 && loc->enabled)
2572 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2573 to send the commands to the target. */
2574 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands,
2575 loc->cmd_bytecode);
2576 }
2577
2578 bl->target_info.persist = 0;
2579 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2580 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf && disconnected_dprintf)
2581 bl->target_info.persist = 1;
2582 }
2583
2584 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2585 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2586 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2587 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2588 -1 for failure.
2589
2590 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2591 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2592 static int
2593 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
2594 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
2595 int *disabled_breaks,
2596 int *hw_breakpoint_error,
2597 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2598 {
2599 enum errors bp_err = GDB_NO_ERROR;
2600 const char *bp_err_message = NULL;
2601
2602 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2603 return 0;
2604
2605 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2606 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2607 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2608 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2609 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2610 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2611 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2612 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2613 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2614 bl->target_info.reqstd_address = bl->address;
2615 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
2616 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
2617
2618 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2619 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2620 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2621 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2622
2623 if (is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2624 {
2625 build_target_condition_list (bl);
2626 build_target_command_list (bl);
2627 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2628 bl->needs_update = 0;
2629 }
2630
2631 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2632 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2633 {
2634 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
2635 {
2636 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2637 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2638 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2639
2640 Two important cases are:
2641 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2642 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2643 hardware breakpoint.
2644 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2645 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2646 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2647 so we undo.
2648
2649 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2650 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2651 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2652 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2653 gdb. */
2654 struct mem_region *mr
2655 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.reqstd_address);
2656
2657 if (mr)
2658 {
2659 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
2660 {
2661 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
2662
2663 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2664 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
2665 else
2666 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
2667
2668 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
2669 {
2670 static int said = 0;
2671
2672 bl->loc_type = new_type;
2673 if (!said)
2674 {
2675 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
2676 _("Note: automatically using "
2677 "hardware breakpoints for "
2678 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2679 said = 1;
2680 }
2681 }
2682 }
2683 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2684 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2685 {
2686 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2687 _("Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2688 "Cannot set software breakpoint "
2689 "at read-only address %s\n"),
2690 bl->owner->number,
2691 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2692 return 1;
2693 }
2694 }
2695 }
2696
2697 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2698 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2699 || bl->section == NULL
2700 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2701 {
2702 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2703 TRY
2704 {
2705 int val;
2706
2707 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2708 if (val)
2709 bp_err = GENERIC_ERROR;
2710 }
2711 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2712 {
2713 bp_err = e.error;
2714 bp_err_message = e.message;
2715 }
2716 END_CATCH
2717 }
2718 else
2719 {
2720 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2721 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2722 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2723 {
2724 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2725 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2726 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2727 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2728 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2729 bl->owner->number);
2730 else
2731 {
2732 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
2733 bl->section);
2734 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2735 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
2736 bl->overlay_target_info.reqstd_address = addr;
2737
2738 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2739 TRY
2740 {
2741 int val;
2742
2743 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2744 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2745 if (val)
2746 bp_err = GENERIC_ERROR;
2747 }
2748 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2749 {
2750 bp_err = e.error;
2751 bp_err_message = e.message;
2752 }
2753 END_CATCH
2754
2755 if (bp_err != GDB_NO_ERROR)
2756 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2757 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2758 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2759 bl->owner->number);
2760 }
2761 }
2762 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2763 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2764 {
2765 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2766 TRY
2767 {
2768 int val;
2769
2770 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2771 if (val)
2772 bp_err = GENERIC_ERROR;
2773 }
2774 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2775 {
2776 bp_err = e.error;
2777 bp_err_message = e.message;
2778 }
2779 END_CATCH
2780 }
2781 else
2782 {
2783 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2784 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2785 return 0;
2786 }
2787 }
2788
2789 if (bp_err != GDB_NO_ERROR)
2790 {
2791 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2792
2793 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2794 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2795 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2796 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2797 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2798 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2799 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2800 errors as memory errors. */
2801 if ((bp_err == GENERIC_ERROR || bp_err == MEMORY_ERROR)
2802 && bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2803 && (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address)
2804 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl->pspace,
2805 bl->address)))
2806 {
2807 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2808 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
2809 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl->owner);
2810 if (!*disabled_breaks)
2811 {
2812 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2813 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2814 bl->owner->number);
2815 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2816 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2817 "library breakpoints:\n");
2818 }
2819 *disabled_breaks = 1;
2820 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2821 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
2822 return 0;
2823 }
2824 else
2825 {
2826 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2827 {
2828 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2829 *hw_bp_error_explained_already = bp_err_message != NULL;
2830 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2831 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2832 bl->owner->number, bp_err_message ? ":" : ".\n");
2833 if (bp_err_message != NULL)
2834 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "%s.\n", bp_err_message);
2835 }
2836 else
2837 {
2838 if (bp_err_message == NULL)
2839 {
2840 char *message
2841 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO,
2842 bl->gdbarch, bl->address);
2843 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
2844
2845 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2846 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2847 "%s\n",
2848 bl->owner->number, message);
2849 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2850 }
2851 else
2852 {
2853 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2854 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2855 bl->owner->number,
2856 bp_err_message);
2857 }
2858 }
2859 return 1;
2860
2861 }
2862 }
2863 else
2864 bl->inserted = 1;
2865
2866 return 0;
2867 }
2868
2869 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2870 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2871 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2872 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
2873 {
2874 int val;
2875
2876 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2877 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2878
2879 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2880
2881 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2882 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2883 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
2884 {
2885 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2886
2887 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2888 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2889 of this one. */
2890 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2891 if (loc != bl
2892 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
2893 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
2894 {
2895 bl->duplicate = 1;
2896 bl->inserted = 1;
2897 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
2898 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2899 val = 0;
2900 break;
2901 }
2902
2903 if (val == 1)
2904 {
2905 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2906 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2907
2908 if (val)
2909 /* Back to the original value. */
2910 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
2911 }
2912 }
2913
2914 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2915 }
2916
2917 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
2918 {
2919 int val;
2920
2921 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2922 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2923
2924 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2925 if (val)
2926 {
2927 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2928
2929 if (val == 1)
2930 warning (_("\
2931 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2932 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
2933 else
2934 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
2935 }
2936
2937 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2938
2939 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2940 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2941 so just return success. */
2942 return 0;
2943 }
2944
2945 return 0;
2946 }
2947
2948 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2949 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2950 PSPACE anymore. */
2951
2952 void
2953 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
2954 {
2955 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
2956 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2957
2958 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2959 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
2960 {
2961 if (b->pspace == pspace)
2962 delete_breakpoint (b);
2963 }
2964
2965 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2966 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2967 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2968 {
2969 struct bp_location *tmp;
2970
2971 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
2972 {
2973 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2974 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
2975 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
2976 else
2977 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
2978 if (tmp->next == loc)
2979 {
2980 tmp->next = loc->next;
2981 break;
2982 }
2983 }
2984 }
2985
2986 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2987 removed locations above. */
2988 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
2989 }
2990
2991 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2992 Throws exception on any error.
2993 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2994 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2995 void
2996 insert_breakpoints (void)
2997 {
2998 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2999
3000 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
3001 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
3002 {
3003 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
3004
3005 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
3006 }
3007
3008 /* Updating watchpoints creates new locations, so update the global
3009 location list. Explicitly tell ugll to insert locations and
3010 ignore breakpoints_always_inserted_mode. */
3011 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT);
3012 }
3013
3014 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
3015
3016 void
3017 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback)
3018 {
3019 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
3020
3021 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
3022 {
3023 callback (loc, NULL);
3024 }
3025 }
3026
3027 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
3028 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
3029 always-inserted mode. */
3030
3031 static void
3032 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
3033 {
3034 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3035 int error_flag = 0;
3036 int val = 0;
3037 int disabled_breaks = 0;
3038 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
3039 int hw_bp_details_reported = 0;
3040
3041 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
3042 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
3043
3044 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3045 there was an error. */
3046 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
3047
3048 save_current_space_and_thread ();
3049
3050 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3051 {
3052 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
3053 breakpoints. */
3054 if (!is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
3055 continue;
3056
3057 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
3058 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
3059 deletion of breakpoints. */
3060 if (!bl->inserted || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
3061 continue;
3062
3063 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
3064
3065 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3066 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3067 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3068 insert breakpoints. */
3069 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3070 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
3071 continue;
3072
3073 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
3074 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_details_reported);
3075 if (val)
3076 error_flag = val;
3077 }
3078
3079 if (error_flag)
3080 {
3081 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3082 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
3083 }
3084
3085 do_cleanups (cleanups);
3086 }
3087
3088 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
3089
3090 static void
3091 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
3092 {
3093 struct breakpoint *bpt;
3094 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3095 int error_flag = 0;
3096 int val = 0;
3097 int disabled_breaks = 0;
3098 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
3099 int hw_bp_error_explained_already = 0;
3100
3101 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
3102 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
3103
3104 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3105 there was an error. */
3106 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
3107
3108 save_current_space_and_thread ();
3109
3110 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3111 {
3112 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
3113 continue;
3114
3115 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
3116 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
3117 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3118 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
3119 && !valid_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
3120 continue;
3121
3122 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
3123
3124 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3125 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3126 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3127 insert breakpoints. */
3128 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3129 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
3130 continue;
3131
3132 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
3133 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_error_explained_already);
3134 if (val)
3135 error_flag = val;
3136 }
3137
3138 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
3139 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
3140 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
3141 {
3142 int some_failed = 0;
3143 struct bp_location *loc;
3144
3145 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
3146 continue;
3147
3148 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
3149 continue;
3150
3151 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
3152 continue;
3153
3154 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3155 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
3156 {
3157 some_failed = 1;
3158 break;
3159 }
3160 if (some_failed)
3161 {
3162 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3163 if (loc->inserted)
3164 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
3165
3166 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
3167 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
3168 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3169 bpt->number);
3170 error_flag = -1;
3171 }
3172 }
3173
3174 if (error_flag)
3175 {
3176 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3177 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3178 if (hw_breakpoint_error && !hw_bp_error_explained_already)
3179 {
3180 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
3181 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3182 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3183 }
3184 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3185 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
3186 }
3187
3188 do_cleanups (cleanups);
3189 }
3190
3191 /* Used when the program stops.
3192 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3193 removing a breakpoint location. */
3194
3195 int
3196 remove_breakpoints (void)
3197 {
3198 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3199 int val = 0;
3200
3201 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3202 {
3203 if (bl->inserted && !is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
3204 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
3205 }
3206 return val;
3207 }
3208
3209 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3210 that thread. */
3211
3212 static void
3213 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info *tp, int silent)
3214 {
3215 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3216
3217 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3218 {
3219 if (b->thread == tp->num && user_breakpoint_p (b))
3220 {
3221 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
3222
3223 printf_filtered (_("\
3224 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %d no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3225 b->number, tp->num);
3226
3227 /* Hide it from the user. */
3228 b->number = 0;
3229 }
3230 }
3231 }
3232
3233 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
3234
3235 int
3236 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid)
3237 {
3238 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3239 int val;
3240 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
3241
3242 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3243 {
3244 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3245 continue;
3246
3247 if (bl->inserted && !bl->target_info.persist)
3248 {
3249 val = remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
3250 if (val != 0)
3251 return val;
3252 }
3253 }
3254 return 0;
3255 }
3256
3257 int
3258 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
3259 {
3260 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3261 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3262 int val;
3263 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream;
3264 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0, dummy3 = 0;
3265 struct inferior *inf;
3266 struct thread_info *tp;
3267
3268 tp = any_live_thread_of_process (pid);
3269 if (tp == NULL)
3270 return 1;
3271
3272 inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
3273 old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
3274
3275 inferior_ptid = tp->ptid;
3276
3277 tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
3278 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
3279
3280 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3281 {
3282 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3283 continue;
3284
3285 if (bl->inserted)
3286 {
3287 bl->inserted = 0;
3288 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &dummy1, &dummy2, &dummy3);
3289 if (val != 0)
3290 {
3291 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3292 return val;
3293 }
3294 }
3295 }
3296 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3297 return 0;
3298 }
3299
3300 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
3301
3302 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3303 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3304 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3305 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3306 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3307 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3308 static void
3309 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
3310 {
3311 if (internal)
3312 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3313 else
3314 {
3315 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
3316 b->number = breakpoint_count;
3317 }
3318 }
3319
3320 static struct breakpoint *
3321 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
3322 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type,
3323 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
3324 {
3325 struct symtab_and_line sal;
3326 struct breakpoint *b;
3327
3328 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3329
3330 sal.pc = address;
3331 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
3332 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
3333
3334 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
3335 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3336 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
3337
3338 return b;
3339 }
3340
3341 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
3342 {
3343 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3344 };
3345 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3346
3347 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3348 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3349 {
3350 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3351 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym;
3352
3353 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3354 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES];
3355
3356 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3357 int longjmp_searched;
3358
3359 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3360 VEC (probe_p) *longjmp_probes;
3361
3362 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3363 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym;
3364
3365 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3366 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym;
3367
3368 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3369 int exception_searched;
3370
3371 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3372 VEC (probe_p) *exception_probes;
3373 };
3374
3375 static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
3376
3377 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3378 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
3379
3380 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3381
3382 static int
3383 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
3384 {
3385 return msym == &msym_not_found;
3386 }
3387
3388 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3389 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3390
3391 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
3392 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
3393 {
3394 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3395
3396 bp_objfile_data = objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key);
3397 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
3398 {
3399 bp_objfile_data =
3400 XOBNEW (&objfile->objfile_obstack, struct breakpoint_objfile_data);
3401
3402 memset (bp_objfile_data, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3403 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
3404 }
3405 return bp_objfile_data;
3406 }
3407
3408 static void
3409 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile *obj, void *data)
3410 {
3411 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data = data;
3412
3413 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes);
3414 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->exception_probes);
3415 }
3416
3417 static void
3418 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3419 {
3420 struct objfile *objfile;
3421 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
3422
3423 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3424 {
3425 struct breakpoint *b;
3426 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3427 CORE_ADDR addr;
3428 struct explicit_location explicit_loc;
3429
3430 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3431
3432 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym))
3433 continue;
3434
3435 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym == NULL)
3436 {
3437 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3438
3439 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3440 if (m.minsym == NULL)
3441 {
3442 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3443 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3444 continue;
3445 }
3446 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
3447 }
3448
3449 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
3450 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3451 bp_overlay_event,
3452 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3453 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3454 explicit_loc.function_name = ASTRDUP (func_name);
3455 b->location = new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3456
3457 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
3458 {
3459 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
3460 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
3461 }
3462 else
3463 {
3464 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3465 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
3466 }
3467 }
3468 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
3469 }
3470
3471 static void
3472 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3473 {
3474 struct program_space *pspace;
3475 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3476
3477 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3478
3479 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3480 {
3481 struct objfile *objfile;
3482
3483 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3484
3485 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3486 {
3487 int i;
3488 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3489 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3490
3491 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3492
3493 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3494
3495 if (!bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched)
3496 {
3497 VEC (probe_p) *ret;
3498
3499 ret = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libc", "longjmp");
3500 if (ret != NULL)
3501 {
3502 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3503 struct probe *p = VEC_index (probe_p, ret, 0);
3504
3505 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p))
3506 {
3507 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3508 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3509 VEC_free (probe_p, ret);
3510 ret = NULL;
3511 }
3512 }
3513 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes = ret;
3514 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched = 1;
3515 }
3516
3517 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes != NULL)
3518 {
3519 int i;
3520 struct probe *probe;
3521 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3522
3523 for (i = 0;
3524 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3525 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes,
3526 i, probe);
3527 ++i)
3528 {
3529 struct breakpoint *b;
3530
3531 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch,
3532 get_probe_address (probe,
3533 objfile),
3534 bp_longjmp_master,
3535 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3536 b->location
3537 = new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3538 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3539 }
3540
3541 continue;
3542 }
3543
3544 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
3545 continue;
3546
3547 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
3548 {
3549 struct breakpoint *b;
3550 const char *func_name;
3551 CORE_ADDR addr;
3552 struct explicit_location explicit_loc;
3553
3554 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym))
3555 continue;
3556
3557 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
3558 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym == NULL)
3559 {
3560 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3561
3562 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3563 if (m.minsym == NULL)
3564 {
3565 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3566 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym = &msym_not_found;
3567 continue;
3568 }
3569 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
3570 }
3571
3572 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
3573 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master,
3574 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3575 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3576 explicit_loc.function_name = ASTRDUP (func_name);
3577 b->location = new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3578 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3579 }
3580 }
3581 }
3582 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
3583
3584 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3585 }
3586
3587 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3588 static void
3589 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3590 {
3591 struct program_space *pspace;
3592 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3593 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
3594
3595 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3596
3597 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3598 {
3599 struct objfile *objfile;
3600 CORE_ADDR addr;
3601
3602 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3603
3604 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3605 {
3606 struct breakpoint *b;
3607 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3608 struct explicit_location explicit_loc;
3609
3610 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3611
3612 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym))
3613 continue;
3614
3615 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym == NULL)
3616 {
3617 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3618
3619 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3620 if (m.minsym == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m.minsym) != mst_text
3621 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m.minsym) != mst_file_text))
3622 {
3623 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3624 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3625 continue;
3626 }
3627 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
3628 }
3629
3630 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
3631 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3632 bp_std_terminate_master,
3633 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3634 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3635 explicit_loc.function_name = ASTRDUP (func_name);
3636 b->location = new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3637 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3638 }
3639 }
3640
3641 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
3642
3643 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3644 }
3645
3646 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3647
3648 static void
3649 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3650 {
3651 struct objfile *objfile;
3652 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3653
3654 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3655 {
3656 struct breakpoint *b;
3657 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3658 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3659 CORE_ADDR addr;
3660 struct explicit_location explicit_loc;
3661
3662 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3663
3664 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3665 if (!bp_objfile_data->exception_searched)
3666 {
3667 VEC (probe_p) *ret;
3668
3669 ret = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libgcc", "unwind");
3670
3671 if (ret != NULL)
3672 {
3673 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3674 struct probe *p = VEC_index (probe_p, ret, 0);
3675
3676 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p))
3677 {
3678 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3679 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3680 VEC_free (probe_p, ret);
3681 ret = NULL;
3682 }
3683 }
3684 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes = ret;
3685 bp_objfile_data->exception_searched = 1;
3686 }
3687
3688 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_probes != NULL)
3689 {
3690 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3691 int i;
3692 struct probe *probe;
3693
3694 for (i = 0;
3695 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3696 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes,
3697 i, probe);
3698 ++i)
3699 {
3700 struct breakpoint *b;
3701
3702 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch,
3703 get_probe_address (probe,
3704 objfile),
3705 bp_exception_master,
3706 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3707 b->location
3708 = new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3709 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3710 }
3711
3712 continue;
3713 }
3714
3715 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3716
3717 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym))
3718 continue;
3719
3720 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3721
3722 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym == NULL)
3723 {
3724 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook;
3725
3726 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3727 if (debug_hook.minsym == NULL)
3728 {
3729 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3730 continue;
3731 }
3732
3733 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
3734 }
3735
3736 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
3737 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr,
3738 &current_target);
3739 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master,
3740 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3741 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3742 explicit_loc.function_name = ASTRDUP (func_name);
3743 b->location = new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3744 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3745 }
3746
3747 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
3748 }
3749
3750 void
3751 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3752 {
3753 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3754 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
3755
3756 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3757 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3758 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3759 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3760 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3761 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3762 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3763 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3764 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
3765 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
3766 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
3767
3768 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3769 {
3770 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
3771 continue;
3772
3773 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3774 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
3775 {
3776 delete_breakpoint (b);
3777 continue;
3778 }
3779
3780 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3781 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
3782 {
3783 delete_breakpoint (b);
3784 continue;
3785 }
3786
3787 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3788 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3789 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
3790 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
3791 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
3792 {
3793 delete_breakpoint (b);
3794 continue;
3795 }
3796
3797 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3798 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
3799 {
3800 delete_breakpoint (b);
3801 continue;
3802 }
3803
3804 /* Just like single-step breakpoints. */
3805 if (b->type == bp_single_step)
3806 {
3807 delete_breakpoint (b);
3808 continue;
3809 }
3810
3811 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3812 after an exec. */
3813 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
3814 || b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3815 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
3816 {
3817 delete_breakpoint (b);
3818 continue;
3819 }
3820
3821 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
3822 {
3823 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3824 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3825 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3826 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3827 continue;
3828 }
3829
3830 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3831 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3832 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3833 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3834 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3835 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3836
3837 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3838 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3839 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3840 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3841 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3842 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3843 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3844
3845 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3846 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3847 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3848 let finish_command delete it.
3849
3850 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3851 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3852 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3853 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3854 solib breakpoints.) */
3855
3856 if (b->type == bp_finish)
3857 {
3858 continue;
3859 }
3860
3861 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3862 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3863 a.out. */
3864 if (event_location_empty_p (b->location))
3865 {
3866 delete_breakpoint (b);
3867 continue;
3868 }
3869 }
3870 }
3871
3872 int
3873 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid)
3874 {
3875 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3876 int val = 0;
3877 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
3878 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
3879
3880 if (ptid_get_pid (ptid) == ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid))
3881 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3882
3883 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3884 inferior_ptid = ptid;
3885 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3886 {
3887 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3888 continue;
3889
3890 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3891 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3892 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3893 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3894 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3895 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3896 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_other)
3897 continue;
3898
3899 if (bl->inserted)
3900 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, mark_inserted);
3901 }
3902
3903 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3904 return val;
3905 }
3906
3907 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3908 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3909 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3910 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3911 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3912
3913 static int
3914 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3915 {
3916 int val;
3917
3918 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3919 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3920
3921 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3922 This should not ever happen. */
3923 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3924
3925 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3926 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3927 {
3928 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3929 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3930 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3931
3932 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3933 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
3934 || bl->section == NULL
3935 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
3936 {
3937 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3938
3939 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3940 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3941 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3942 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3943 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3944 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3945 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3946 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3947 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3948 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3949 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3950 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3951 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3952 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3953 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3954 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3955 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3956 they should always be removed. */
3957 if (bl->shlib_disabled
3958 && bl->target_info.shadow_len != 0
3959 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info))
3960 val = 0;
3961 else
3962 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3963 }
3964 else
3965 {
3966 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3967 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3968 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
3969 {
3970 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3971 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3972 */
3973 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3974 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3975 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3976 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3977 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3978 else
3979 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3980 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3981 }
3982 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3983 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3984 if (bl->inserted)
3985 {
3986 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3987 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3988 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3989 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3990
3991 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3992 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3993 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3994 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3995 || section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3996 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3997 else
3998 val = 0;
3999 }
4000 else
4001 {
4002 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
4003 val = 0;
4004 }
4005 }
4006
4007 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
4008 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
4009 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
4010 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
4011 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
4012 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
4013 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
4014 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
4015 always-inserted mode. */
4016 if (val
4017 && (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4018 && (bl->shlib_disabled
4019 || solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address)
4020 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl->pspace,
4021 bl->address))))
4022 val = 0;
4023
4024 if (val)
4025 return val;
4026 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
4027 }
4028 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
4029 {
4030 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
4031 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
4032
4033 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
4034 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
4035
4036 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
4037 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (bl->inserted))
4038 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
4039 bl->owner->number);
4040 }
4041 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
4042 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4043 && !bl->duplicate)
4044 {
4045 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
4046 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
4047
4048 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
4049 if (val)
4050 return val;
4051
4052 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
4053 }
4054
4055 return 0;
4056 }
4057
4058 static int
4059 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
4060 {
4061 int ret;
4062 struct cleanup *old_chain;
4063
4064 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
4065 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
4066
4067 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
4068 This should not ever happen. */
4069 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
4070
4071 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
4072
4073 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
4074
4075 ret = remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, is);
4076
4077 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4078 return ret;
4079 }
4080
4081 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
4082
4083 void
4084 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
4085 {
4086 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4087
4088 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4089 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space)
4090 bl->inserted = 0;
4091 }
4092
4093 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
4094 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
4095
4096 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
4097 between runs.
4098
4099 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
4100 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
4101 init_wait_for_inferior). */
4102
4103
4104
4105 void
4106 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
4107 {
4108 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
4109 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4110 int ix;
4111 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
4112
4113 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
4114 nothing to do. */
4115 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
4116 return;
4117
4118 mark_breakpoints_out ();
4119
4120 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
4121 {
4122 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
4123 continue;
4124
4125 switch (b->type)
4126 {
4127 case bp_call_dummy:
4128 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
4129
4130 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
4131 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
4132 rid of it. */
4133
4134 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4135
4136 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
4137
4138 case bp_shlib_event:
4139
4140 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
4141 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
4142 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
4143 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
4144 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
4145
4146 (gdb) file prog-linux
4147 (gdb) run # native linux target
4148 ...
4149 (gdb) kill
4150 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
4151 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
4152 */
4153
4154 case bp_step_resume:
4155
4156 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
4157
4158 case bp_single_step:
4159
4160 /* Also remove single-step breakpoints. */
4161
4162 delete_breakpoint (b);
4163 break;
4164
4165 case bp_watchpoint:
4166 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4167 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4168 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4169 {
4170 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4171
4172 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
4173 if (w->exp_valid_block != NULL)
4174 delete_breakpoint (b);
4175 else if (context == inf_starting)
4176 {
4177 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
4178 insert_breakpoints. */
4179 if (w->val)
4180 value_free (w->val);
4181 w->val = NULL;
4182 w->val_valid = 0;
4183 }
4184 }
4185 break;
4186 default:
4187 break;
4188 }
4189 }
4190
4191 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
4192 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bl); ++ix)
4193 decref_bp_location (&bl);
4194 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
4195 }
4196
4197 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
4198 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
4199 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
4200 match, not program space. */
4201
4202 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
4203 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
4204 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
4205 permanent breakpoint.
4206 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
4207 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
4208 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
4209 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
4210 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
4211
4212 enum breakpoint_here
4213 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4214 {
4215 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4216 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
4217
4218 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4219 {
4220 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4221 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4222 continue;
4223
4224 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4225 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4226 || bl->permanent)
4227 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
4228 {
4229 if (overlay_debugging
4230 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4231 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4232 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4233 else if (bl->permanent)
4234 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
4235 else
4236 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
4237 }
4238 }
4239
4240 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : no_breakpoint_here;
4241 }
4242
4243 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4244
4245 int
4246 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4247 {
4248 struct bp_location *loc;
4249 int ix;
4250
4251 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
4252 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
4253 return 1;
4254
4255 return 0;
4256 }
4257
4258 /* Returns non-zero iff BL is inserted at PC, in address space
4259 ASPACE. */
4260
4261 static int
4262 bp_location_inserted_here_p (struct bp_location *bl,
4263 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4264 {
4265 if (bl->inserted
4266 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
4267 aspace, pc))
4268 {
4269 if (overlay_debugging
4270 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4271 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4272 return 0; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4273 else
4274 return 1;
4275 }
4276 return 0;
4277 }
4278
4279 /* Returns non-zero iff there's a breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4280
4281 int
4282 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4283 {
4284 struct bp_location **blp, **blp_tmp = NULL;
4285 struct bp_location *bl;
4286
4287 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp, blp_tmp, pc)
4288 {
4289 struct bp_location *bl = *blp;
4290
4291 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4292 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4293 continue;
4294
4295 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl, aspace, pc))
4296 return 1;
4297 }
4298 return 0;
4299 }
4300
4301 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4302 inserted at PC. */
4303
4304 int
4305 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
4306 CORE_ADDR pc)
4307 {
4308 struct bp_location **blp, **blp_tmp = NULL;
4309 struct bp_location *bl;
4310
4311 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp, blp_tmp, pc)
4312 {
4313 struct bp_location *bl = *blp;
4314
4315 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
4316 continue;
4317
4318 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl, aspace, pc))
4319 return 1;
4320 }
4321
4322 return 0;
4323 }
4324
4325 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4326
4327 int
4328 hardware_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
4329 CORE_ADDR pc)
4330 {
4331 struct bp_location **blp, **blp_tmp = NULL;
4332 struct bp_location *bl;
4333
4334 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp, blp_tmp, pc)
4335 {
4336 struct bp_location *bl = *blp;
4337
4338 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4339 continue;
4340
4341 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl, aspace, pc))
4342 return 1;
4343 }
4344
4345 return 0;
4346 }
4347
4348 int
4349 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space *aspace,
4350 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
4351 {
4352 struct breakpoint *bpt;
4353
4354 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
4355 {
4356 struct bp_location *loc;
4357
4358 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
4359 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
4360 continue;
4361
4362 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
4363 continue;
4364
4365 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4366 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
4367 {
4368 CORE_ADDR l, h;
4369
4370 /* Check for intersection. */
4371 l = max (loc->address, addr);
4372 h = min (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
4373 if (l < h)
4374 return 1;
4375 }
4376 }
4377 return 0;
4378 }
4379 \f
4380
4381 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4382 in breakpoint.h. */
4383
4384 int
4385 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
4386 {
4387 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
4388 }
4389
4390 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4391 'next' chain. */
4392
4393 static void
4394 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
4395 {
4396 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4397 value_free (bs->old_val);
4398 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4399 decref_bp_location (&bs->bp_location_at);
4400 xfree (bs);
4401 }
4402
4403 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4404 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4405
4406 void
4407 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
4408 {
4409 bpstat p;
4410 bpstat q;
4411
4412 if (bsp == 0)
4413 return;
4414 p = *bsp;
4415 while (p != NULL)
4416 {
4417 q = p->next;
4418 bpstat_free (p);
4419 p = q;
4420 }
4421 *bsp = NULL;
4422 }
4423
4424 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4425 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4426
4427 bpstat
4428 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
4429 {
4430 bpstat p = NULL;
4431 bpstat tmp;
4432 bpstat retval = NULL;
4433
4434 if (bs == NULL)
4435 return bs;
4436
4437 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4438 {
4439 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
4440 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
4441 incref_counted_command_line (tmp->commands);
4442 incref_bp_location (tmp->bp_location_at);
4443 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4444 {
4445 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
4446 release_value (tmp->old_val);
4447 }
4448
4449 if (p == NULL)
4450 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4451 retval = tmp;
4452 else
4453 p->next = tmp;
4454 p = tmp;
4455 }
4456 p->next = NULL;
4457 return retval;
4458 }
4459
4460 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4461
4462 bpstat
4463 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
4464 {
4465 if (bsp == NULL)
4466 return NULL;
4467
4468 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4469 {
4470 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
4471 return bsp;
4472 }
4473 return NULL;
4474 }
4475
4476 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4477
4478 int
4479 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp, enum gdb_signal sig)
4480 {
4481 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4482 {
4483 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == NULL)
4484 {
4485 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4486 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
4487 if (sig == GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
4488 return 1;
4489 }
4490 else
4491 {
4492 if (bsp->breakpoint_at->ops->explains_signal (bsp->breakpoint_at,
4493 sig))
4494 return 1;
4495 }
4496 }
4497
4498 return 0;
4499 }
4500
4501 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4502 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4503 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4504 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4505
4506 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4507 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4508 we set it.
4509 Return 1 otherwise. */
4510
4511 int
4512 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
4513 {
4514 struct breakpoint *b;
4515
4516 if ((*bsp) == NULL)
4517 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4518
4519 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4520 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4521 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4522 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
4523 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
4524 if (b == NULL)
4525 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4526
4527 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
4528 return 1;
4529 }
4530
4531 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4532
4533 void
4534 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4535 {
4536 struct thread_info *tp;
4537 bpstat bs;
4538
4539 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4540 return;
4541
4542 tp = find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid);
4543 if (tp == NULL)
4544 return;
4545
4546 for (bs = tp->control.stop_bpstat; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4547 {
4548 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4549
4550 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4551 {
4552 value_free (bs->old_val);
4553 bs->old_val = NULL;
4554 }
4555 }
4556 }
4557
4558 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4559
4560 static void
4561 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4562 {
4563 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4564 {
4565 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
4566
4567 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4568 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4569 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4570 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4571 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
4572 return;
4573 }
4574
4575 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
4576 }
4577
4578 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4579 command. */
4580 static void
4581 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
4582 {
4583 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
4584 }
4585
4586 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4587 or its equivalent. */
4588
4589 static int
4590 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line *cmd)
4591 {
4592 return cmd && (strcmp ("silent", cmd->line) == 0);
4593 }
4594
4595 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4596 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4597 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4598 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4599
4600 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4601 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4602 bpstat of the current thread. */
4603
4604 static int
4605 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
4606 {
4607 bpstat bs;
4608 struct cleanup *old_chain;
4609 int again = 0;
4610
4611 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4612 in bs->commands. */
4613 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
4614 return 0;
4615
4616 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
4617 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
4618
4619 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4620
4621 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4622 bs = *bsp;
4623
4624 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
4625 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4626 {
4627 struct counted_command_line *ccmd;
4628 struct command_line *cmd;
4629 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
4630
4631 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4632
4633 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4634 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4635 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4636 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4637 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4638 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4639 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4640 the tree when we're done. */
4641 ccmd = bs->commands;
4642 bs->commands = NULL;
4643 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd);
4644 cmd = ccmd ? ccmd->commands : NULL;
4645 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd))
4646 {
4647 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4648 cmd = cmd->next;
4649 }
4650
4651 while (cmd != NULL)
4652 {
4653 execute_control_command (cmd);
4654
4655 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4656 break;
4657 else
4658 cmd = cmd->next;
4659 }
4660
4661 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4662 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
4663
4664 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4665 {
4666 if (interpreter_async)
4667 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4668 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4669 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4670 ;
4671 else
4672 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4673 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4674 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4675 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4676 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4677 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4678 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4679 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4680 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4681 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4682 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4683 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4684 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4685 again = 1;
4686 break;
4687 }
4688 }
4689 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4690 return again;
4691 }
4692
4693 void
4694 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4695 {
4696 struct cleanup *cleanup_if_error = make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4697
4698 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4699 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
4700 && target_has_execution
4701 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
4702 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
4703 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4704 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4705 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4706 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4707 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control.stop_bpstat))
4708 break;
4709
4710 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error);
4711 }
4712
4713 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4714
4715 static void
4716 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
4717 {
4718 if (val == NULL)
4719 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
4720 else
4721 {
4722 struct value_print_options opts;
4723 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4724 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
4725 }
4726 }
4727
4728 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4729 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4730 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4731 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4732 normal_stop(). */
4733
4734 static enum print_stop_action
4735 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
4736 {
4737 switch (bs->print_it)
4738 {
4739 case print_it_noop:
4740 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4741 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4742 break;
4743
4744 case print_it_done:
4745 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4746 relevant messages. */
4747 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
4748 break;
4749
4750 case print_it_normal:
4751 {
4752 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4753
4754 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4755 which has since been deleted. */
4756 if (b == NULL)
4757 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4758
4759 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4760 return b->ops->print_it (bs);
4761 }
4762 break;
4763
4764 default:
4765 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4766 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4767 break;
4768 }
4769 }
4770
4771 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4772
4773 static void
4774 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint)
4775 {
4776 int any_deleted
4777 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs);
4778 int any_added
4779 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs);
4780
4781 if (!is_catchpoint)
4782 {
4783 if (any_added || any_deleted)
4784 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4785 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4786 else
4787 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4788 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4789 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4790 }
4791
4792 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
4793 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "reason",
4794 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
4795
4796 if (any_deleted)
4797 {
4798 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4799 char *name;
4800 int ix;
4801
4802 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4803 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4804 "removed");
4805 for (ix = 0;
4806 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
4807 ix, name);
4808 ++ix)
4809 {
4810 if (ix > 0)
4811 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4812 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", name);
4813 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4814 }
4815
4816 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4817 }
4818
4819 if (any_added)
4820 {
4821 struct so_list *iter;
4822 int ix;
4823 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4824
4825 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4826 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4827 "added");
4828 for (ix = 0;
4829 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
4830 ix, iter);
4831 ++ix)
4832 {
4833 if (ix > 0)
4834 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4835 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", iter->so_name);
4836 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4837 }
4838
4839 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4840 }
4841 }
4842
4843 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4844 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4845 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4846 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4847 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4848 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4849 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4850 routine is one of:
4851
4852 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4853 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4854 code to print the location. An example is
4855 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4856 the location.
4857 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4858 to also print the location part of the message.
4859 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4860 don't require a location appended to the end.
4861 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4862 further info to be printed. */
4863
4864 enum print_stop_action
4865 bpstat_print (bpstat bs, int kind)
4866 {
4867 enum print_stop_action val;
4868
4869 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4870 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4871 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4872 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4873 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
4874 {
4875 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
4876 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4877 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4878 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
4879 return val;
4880 }
4881
4882 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4883 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4884 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4885 if (kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
4886 {
4887 print_solib_event (0);
4888 return PRINT_NOTHING;
4889 }
4890
4891 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4892 with and nothing was printed. */
4893 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4894 }
4895
4896 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
4897 This returns the inverse of the condition because it is called
4898 from catch_errors which returns 0 if an exception happened, and if an
4899 exception happens we want execution to stop.
4900 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4901 "void *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4902
4903 static int
4904 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
4905 {
4906 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4907 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
4908
4909 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4910 return i;
4911 }
4912
4913 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4914
4915 static bpstat
4916 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
4917 {
4918 bpstat bs;
4919
4920 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
4921 bs->next = NULL;
4922 **bs_link_pointer = bs;
4923 *bs_link_pointer = &bs->next;
4924 bs->breakpoint_at = bl->owner;
4925 bs->bp_location_at = bl;
4926 incref_bp_location (bl);
4927 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4928 bs->commands = NULL;
4929 bs->old_val = NULL;
4930 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
4931 return bs;
4932 }
4933 \f
4934 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4935 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4936
4937 int
4938 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4939 {
4940 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4941 CORE_ADDR addr;
4942 struct breakpoint *b;
4943
4944 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
4945 {
4946 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4947 as not triggered. */
4948 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4949 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4950 {
4951 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4952
4953 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4954 }
4955
4956 return 0;
4957 }
4958
4959 if (!target_stopped_data_address (&current_target, &addr))
4960 {
4961 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4962 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4963 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4964 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4965 {
4966 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4967
4968 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
4969 }
4970
4971 return 1;
4972 }
4973
4974 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4975 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4976 triggered. */
4977
4978 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4979 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4980 {
4981 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4982 struct bp_location *loc;
4983
4984 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4985 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4986 {
4987 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
4988 {
4989 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & w->hw_wp_mask;
4990 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & w->hw_wp_mask;
4991
4992 if (newaddr == start)
4993 {
4994 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4995 break;
4996 }
4997 }
4998 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4999 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (&current_target,
5000 addr, loc->address,
5001 loc->length))
5002 {
5003 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
5004 break;
5005 }
5006 }
5007 }
5008
5009 return 1;
5010 }
5011
5012 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
5013 because of check_errors). */
5014 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
5015 #define WP_DELETED 1
5016 /* The value has changed. */
5017 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
5018 /* The value has not changed. */
5019 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
5020 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
5021 #define WP_IGNORE 4
5022
5023 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
5024 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
5025
5026 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
5027 changed.
5028
5029 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
5030 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
5031
5032 static int
5033 watchpoint_check (void *p)
5034 {
5035 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
5036 struct watchpoint *b;
5037 struct frame_info *fr;
5038 int within_current_scope;
5039
5040 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
5041 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
5042 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5043
5044 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
5045 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
5046 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
5047 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
5048 return WP_IGNORE;
5049
5050 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
5051 within_current_scope = 1;
5052 else
5053 {
5054 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
5055 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
5056 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
5057
5058 /* stack_frame_destroyed_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
5059 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
5060 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
5061 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
5062 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
5063 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
5064 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
5065 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
5066 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
5067 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
5068 return WP_IGNORE;
5069
5070 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
5071 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
5072
5073 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
5074 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
5075 if (within_current_scope)
5076 {
5077 struct symbol *function;
5078
5079 function = get_frame_function (fr);
5080 if (function == NULL
5081 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
5082 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
5083 within_current_scope = 0;
5084 }
5085
5086 if (within_current_scope)
5087 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
5088 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
5089 the user. */
5090 select_frame (fr);
5091 }
5092
5093 if (within_current_scope)
5094 {
5095 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
5096 time before we return to the command level and call
5097 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
5098 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
5099
5100 int pc = 0;
5101 struct value *mark;
5102 struct value *new_val;
5103
5104 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
5105 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
5106 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
5107 a mask watchpoint. */
5108 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
5109
5110 mark = value_mark ();
5111 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL, 0);
5112
5113 if (b->val_bitsize != 0)
5114 new_val = extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b, new_val);
5115
5116 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
5117 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
5118 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
5119 not what we want. */
5120 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
5121 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val, new_val)))
5122 {
5123 if (new_val != NULL)
5124 {
5125 release_value (new_val);
5126 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5127 }
5128 bs->old_val = b->val;
5129 b->val = new_val;
5130 b->val_valid = 1;
5131 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
5132 }
5133 else
5134 {
5135 /* Nothing changed. */
5136 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5137 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
5138 }
5139 }
5140 else
5141 {
5142 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5143
5144 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
5145 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
5146 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
5147 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
5148 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
5149 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
5150 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
5151 the first value assigned). */
5152 /* We print all the stop information in
5153 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
5154 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
5155 already. So we have no choice but print the information
5156 here. */
5157 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5158 ui_out_field_string
5159 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
5160 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
5161 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->base.number);
5162 ui_out_text (uiout,
5163 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
5164 which its expression is valid.\n");
5165
5166 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
5167 decref_counted_command_line (&b->base.commands);
5168 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
5169
5170 return WP_DELETED;
5171 }
5172 }
5173
5174 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
5175 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
5176 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
5177
5178 static int
5179 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
5180 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
5181 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5182 {
5183 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
5184
5185 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
5186 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5187
5188 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
5189 }
5190
5191 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
5192 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
5193
5194 static void
5195 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
5196 {
5197 const struct bp_location *bl;
5198 struct watchpoint *b;
5199
5200 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5201 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5202 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5203 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5204 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5205
5206 {
5207 int must_check_value = 0;
5208
5209 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
5210 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5211 watched value. */
5212 must_check_value = 1;
5213 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
5214 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5215 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5216 this watchpoint. */
5217 must_check_value = 1;
5218 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
5219 && b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
5220 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5221 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5222 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5223 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5224 must_check_value = 1;
5225
5226 if (must_check_value)
5227 {
5228 char *message
5229 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
5230 b->base.number);
5231 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
5232 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
5233 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
5234 do_cleanups (cleanups);
5235 switch (e)
5236 {
5237 case WP_DELETED:
5238 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5239 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
5240 /* Stop. */
5241 break;
5242 case WP_IGNORE:
5243 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5244 bs->stop = 0;
5245 break;
5246 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
5247 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
5248 {
5249 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5250
5251 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5252 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5253 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5254 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5255 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5256 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5257 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5258 old value.
5259
5260 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5261 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5262 happen:
5263
5264 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5265 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5266 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5267 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5268
5269 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5270 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5271 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5272 watchpoint.
5273
5274 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5275 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5276 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5277 changes. This still gives false positives when
5278 the program writes the same value to memory as
5279 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5280 it for a read), but it's much better than
5281 nothing. */
5282
5283 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
5284
5285 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
5286 {
5287 struct breakpoint *other_b;
5288
5289 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
5290 if (other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5291 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
5292 {
5293 struct watchpoint *other_w =
5294 (struct watchpoint *) other_b;
5295
5296 if (other_w->watchpoint_triggered
5297 == watch_triggered_yes)
5298 {
5299 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
5300 break;
5301 }
5302 }
5303 }
5304
5305 if (other_write_watchpoint
5306 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
5307 {
5308 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5309 and the value changed since the last time we
5310 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5311 Ignore it. */
5312 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5313 bs->stop = 0;
5314 }
5315 }
5316 break;
5317 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
5318 if (b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5319 || b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
5320 {
5321 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5322 the value hasn't changed. */
5323 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5324 bs->stop = 0;
5325 }
5326 /* Stop. */
5327 break;
5328 default:
5329 /* Can't happen. */
5330 case 0:
5331 /* Error from catch_errors. */
5332 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->base.number);
5333 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
5334 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5335 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
5336 break;
5337 }
5338 }
5339 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5340 {
5341 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5342 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5343 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5344 anything for this watchpoint. */
5345 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5346 bs->stop = 0;
5347 }
5348 }
5349 }
5350
5351 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5352 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5353 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5354 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5355
5356 static void
5357 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
5358 {
5359 const struct bp_location *bl;
5360 struct breakpoint *b;
5361 int value_is_zero = 0;
5362 struct expression *cond;
5363
5364 gdb_assert (bs->stop);
5365
5366 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5367 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5368 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5369 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5370 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5371
5372 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5373 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5374 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5375
5376 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
5377 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5378 {
5379 bs->stop = 0;
5380 return;
5381 }
5382
5383 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5384 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5385 thread/task. */
5386 if ((b->thread != -1 && b->thread != pid_to_thread_id (ptid))
5387 || (b->task != 0 && b->task != ada_get_task_number (ptid)))
5388
5389 {
5390 bs->stop = 0;
5391 return;
5392 }
5393
5394 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5395 implemented. */
5396 bs->stop = breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b);
5397
5398 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5399 {
5400 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5401
5402 cond = w->cond_exp;
5403 }
5404 else
5405 cond = bl->cond;
5406
5407 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
5408 {
5409 int within_current_scope = 1;
5410 struct watchpoint * w;
5411
5412 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5413 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5414 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5415 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5416 function call. */
5417 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
5418
5419 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5420 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5421 else
5422 w = NULL;
5423
5424 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5425 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5426 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5427 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5428 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5429 call site. */
5430 if (w == NULL || w->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
5431 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5432 else
5433 {
5434 struct frame_info *frame;
5435
5436 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5437 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5438 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5439 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5440 really matter which instantiation of the function
5441 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5442 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5443 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5444 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5445 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5446 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5447 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5448 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5449 intuitive. */
5450 frame = block_innermost_frame (w->cond_exp_valid_block);
5451 if (frame != NULL)
5452 select_frame (frame);
5453 else
5454 within_current_scope = 0;
5455 }
5456 if (within_current_scope)
5457 value_is_zero
5458 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, cond,
5459 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5460 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
5461 else
5462 {
5463 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5464 "in the current scope"));
5465 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5466 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5467 value_is_zero = 0;
5468 }
5469 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5470 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5471 }
5472
5473 if (cond && value_is_zero)
5474 {
5475 bs->stop = 0;
5476 }
5477 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
5478 {
5479 b->ignore_count--;
5480 bs->stop = 0;
5481 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5482 ++(b->hit_count);
5483 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5484 }
5485 }
5486
5487 /* Returns true if we need to track moribund locations of LOC's type
5488 on the current target. */
5489
5490 static int
5491 need_moribund_for_location_type (struct bp_location *loc)
5492 {
5493 return ((loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
5494 && !target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ())
5495 || (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
5496 && !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ()));
5497 }
5498
5499
5500 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5501 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5502
5503 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5504 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5505 that:
5506
5507 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5508
5509 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5510
5511 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5512 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5513 several reasons concurrently.)
5514
5515 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5516 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5517
5518 bpstat
5519 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space *aspace,
5520 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid,
5521 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5522 {
5523 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
5524 struct bp_location *bl;
5525 struct bp_location *loc;
5526 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5527 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
5528 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5529 bpstat bs;
5530 int ix;
5531 int need_remove_insert;
5532 int removed_any;
5533
5534 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5535 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5536 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5537 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5538 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5539 inferior function calls. */
5540
5541 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5542 {
5543 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
5544 continue;
5545
5546 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
5547 {
5548 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5549 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5550 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5551 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5552 checked all locations already. */
5553 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
5554 break;
5555
5556 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled)
5557 continue;
5558
5559 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
5560 continue;
5561
5562 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5563 matches. */
5564
5565 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5566 explain stop. */
5567
5568 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5569 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5570 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5571 bs->stop = 1;
5572 bs->print = 1;
5573
5574 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5575 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5576 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5577 iteration. */
5578 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
5579 {
5580 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b->related_breakpoint;
5581
5582 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
5583 }
5584 }
5585 }
5586
5587 /* Check if a moribund breakpoint explains the stop. */
5588 if (!target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ()
5589 || !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ())
5590 {
5591 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
5592 {
5593 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr)
5594 && need_moribund_for_location_type (loc))
5595 {
5596 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, &bs_link);
5597 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5598 bs->stop = 0;
5599 bs->print = 0;
5600 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5601 }
5602 }
5603 }
5604
5605 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5606 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5607 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5608 "catch unload". */
5609 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5610 {
5611 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
5612 {
5613 handle_solib_event ();
5614 break;
5615 }
5616 }
5617
5618 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5619 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5620 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5621
5622 removed_any = 0;
5623
5624 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5625 {
5626 if (!bs->stop)
5627 continue;
5628
5629 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5630 b->ops->check_status (bs);
5631 if (bs->stop)
5632 {
5633 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
5634
5635 if (bs->stop)
5636 {
5637 ++(b->hit_count);
5638 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5639
5640 /* We will stop here. */
5641 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
5642 {
5643 --(b->enable_count);
5644 if (b->enable_count <= 0)
5645 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
5646 removed_any = 1;
5647 }
5648 if (b->silent)
5649 bs->print = 0;
5650 bs->commands = b->commands;
5651 incref_counted_command_line (bs->commands);
5652 if (command_line_is_silent (bs->commands
5653 ? bs->commands->commands : NULL))
5654 bs->print = 0;
5655
5656 b->ops->after_condition_true (bs);
5657 }
5658
5659 }
5660
5661 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5662 print. */
5663 if (!bs->stop || !bs->print)
5664 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5665 }
5666
5667 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5668 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5669 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5670 done later. */
5671 need_remove_insert = 0;
5672 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
5673 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5674 if (!bs->stop
5675 && bs->breakpoint_at
5676 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
5677 {
5678 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5679
5680 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5681 need_remove_insert = 1;
5682 }
5683
5684 if (need_remove_insert)
5685 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
5686 else if (removed_any)
5687 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
5688
5689 return bs_head;
5690 }
5691
5692 static void
5693 handle_jit_event (void)
5694 {
5695 struct frame_info *frame;
5696 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
5697
5698 if (debug_infrun)
5699 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "handling bp_jit_event\n");
5700
5701 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5702 breakpoint_re_set. */
5703 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5704
5705 frame = get_current_frame ();
5706 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
5707
5708 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
5709
5710 target_terminal_inferior ();
5711 }
5712
5713 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5714
5715 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5716
5717 struct bpstat_what
5718 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
5719 {
5720 struct bpstat_what retval;
5721 int jit_event = 0;
5722 bpstat bs;
5723
5724 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5725 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
5726 retval.is_longjmp = 0;
5727
5728 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5729 {
5730 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5731 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5732 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5733 enum bptype bptype;
5734
5735 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
5736 {
5737 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5738 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5739 bptype = bp_none;
5740 }
5741 else
5742 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
5743
5744 switch (bptype)
5745 {
5746 case bp_none:
5747 break;
5748 case bp_breakpoint:
5749 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5750 case bp_single_step:
5751 case bp_until:
5752 case bp_finish:
5753 case bp_shlib_event:
5754 if (bs->stop)
5755 {
5756 if (bs->print)
5757 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5758 else
5759 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5760 }
5761 else
5762 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5763 break;
5764 case bp_watchpoint:
5765 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5766 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5767 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5768 if (bs->stop)
5769 {
5770 if (bs->print)
5771 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5772 else
5773 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5774 }
5775 else
5776 {
5777 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5778 This requires no further action. */
5779 }
5780 break;
5781 case bp_longjmp:
5782 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5783 case bp_exception:
5784 if (bs->stop)
5785 {
5786 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5787 retval.is_longjmp = bptype != bp_exception;
5788 }
5789 else
5790 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5791 break;
5792 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5793 case bp_exception_resume:
5794 if (bs->stop)
5795 {
5796 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5797 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
5798 }
5799 else
5800 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5801 break;
5802 case bp_step_resume:
5803 if (bs->stop)
5804 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
5805 else
5806 {
5807 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5808 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5809 }
5810 break;
5811 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5812 if (bs->stop)
5813 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
5814 else
5815 {
5816 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5817 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5818 }
5819 break;
5820 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5821 case bp_thread_event:
5822 case bp_overlay_event:
5823 case bp_longjmp_master:
5824 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5825 case bp_exception_master:
5826 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5827 break;
5828 case bp_catchpoint:
5829 if (bs->stop)
5830 {
5831 if (bs->print)
5832 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5833 else
5834 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5835 }
5836 else
5837 {
5838 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5839 This requires no further action. */
5840 }
5841 break;
5842 case bp_jit_event:
5843 jit_event = 1;
5844 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5845 break;
5846 case bp_call_dummy:
5847 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5848 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5849 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
5850 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5851 break;
5852 case bp_std_terminate:
5853 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5854 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5855 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
5856 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5857 break;
5858 case bp_tracepoint:
5859 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5860 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5861 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5862 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5863 out already. */
5864 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5865 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5866 break;
5867 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5868 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5869 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5870 break;
5871 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5872 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5873 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5874 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5875 break;
5876
5877 case bp_dprintf:
5878 if (bs->stop)
5879 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5880 else
5881 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5882 break;
5883
5884 default:
5885 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5886 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
5887 }
5888
5889 retval.main_action = max (retval.main_action, this_action);
5890 }
5891
5892 return retval;
5893 }
5894
5895 void
5896 bpstat_run_callbacks (bpstat bs_head)
5897 {
5898 bpstat bs;
5899
5900 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5901 {
5902 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5903
5904 if (b == NULL)
5905 continue;
5906 switch (b->type)
5907 {
5908 case bp_jit_event:
5909 handle_jit_event ();
5910 break;
5911 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5912 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
5913 break;
5914 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5915 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
5916 break;
5917 }
5918 }
5919 }
5920
5921 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5922 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5923 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5924
5925 int
5926 bpstat_should_step (void)
5927 {
5928 struct breakpoint *b;
5929
5930 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5931 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
5932 return 1;
5933 return 0;
5934 }
5935
5936 int
5937 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
5938 {
5939 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5940 if (bs->stop)
5941 return 1;
5942
5943 return 0;
5944 }
5945
5946 \f
5947
5948 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5949 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5950 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5951
5952 static char *
5953 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
5954 {
5955 static char wrap_indent[80];
5956 int i, total_width, width, align;
5957 char *text;
5958
5959 total_width = 0;
5960 for (i = 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout, i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
5961 {
5962 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
5963 {
5964 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
5965 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
5966 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
5967
5968 return wrap_indent;
5969 }
5970
5971 total_width += width + 1;
5972 }
5973
5974 return NULL;
5975 }
5976
5977 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5978 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5979
5980 "host": Host evals condition.
5981 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5982 "target": Target evals condition.
5983 */
5984
5985 static const char *
5986 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint *b)
5987 {
5988 struct bp_location *bl;
5989 char host_evals = 0;
5990 char target_evals = 0;
5991
5992 if (!b)
5993 return NULL;
5994
5995 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
5996 return NULL;
5997
5998 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5999 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
6000 return condition_evaluation_host;
6001
6002 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
6003 {
6004 if (bl->cond_bytecode)
6005 target_evals++;
6006 else
6007 host_evals++;
6008 }
6009
6010 if (host_evals && target_evals)
6011 return condition_evaluation_both;
6012 else if (target_evals)
6013 return condition_evaluation_target;
6014 else
6015 return condition_evaluation_host;
6016 }
6017
6018 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
6019 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
6020
6021 static const char *
6022 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location *bl)
6023 {
6024 if (bl && !is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
6025 return NULL;
6026
6027 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
6028 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
6029 return condition_evaluation_host;
6030
6031 if (bl && bl->cond_bytecode)
6032 return condition_evaluation_target;
6033 else
6034 return condition_evaluation_host;
6035 }
6036
6037 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
6038
6039 static void
6040 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
6041 struct bp_location *loc)
6042 {
6043 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6044 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
6045
6046 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
6047 loc = NULL;
6048
6049 if (loc != NULL)
6050 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
6051
6052 if (b->display_canonical)
6053 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what",
6054 event_location_to_string (b->location));
6055 else if (loc && loc->symtab)
6056 {
6057 struct symbol *sym
6058 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
6059 if (sym)
6060 {
6061 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
6062 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
6063 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
6064 ui_out_text (uiout, " ");
6065 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
6066 ui_out_text (uiout, "at ");
6067 }
6068 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file",
6069 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc->symtab));
6070 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
6071
6072 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6073 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname",
6074 symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab));
6075
6076 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", loc->line_number);
6077 }
6078 else if (loc)
6079 {
6080 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
6081 struct cleanup *stb_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
6082
6083 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, stb,
6084 demangle, "");
6085 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
6086
6087 do_cleanups (stb_chain);
6088 }
6089 else
6090 {
6091 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending",
6092 event_location_to_string (b->location));
6093 /* If extra_string is available, it could be holding a condition
6094 or dprintf arguments. In either case, make sure it is printed,
6095 too, but only for non-MI streams. */
6096 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && b->extra_string != NULL)
6097 {
6098 if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
6099 ui_out_text (uiout, ",");
6100 else
6101 ui_out_text (uiout, " ");
6102 ui_out_text (uiout, b->extra_string);
6103 }
6104 }
6105
6106 if (loc && is_breakpoint (b)
6107 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
6108 && bp_condition_evaluator (b) == condition_evaluation_both)
6109 {
6110 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
6111 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
6112 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc));
6113 ui_out_text (uiout, ")");
6114 }
6115
6116 do_cleanups (old_chain);
6117 }
6118
6119 static const char *
6120 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
6121 {
6122 struct ep_type_description
6123 {
6124 enum bptype type;
6125 char *description;
6126 };
6127 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
6128 {
6129 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
6130 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
6131 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
6132 {bp_single_step, "sw single-step"},
6133 {bp_until, "until"},
6134 {bp_finish, "finish"},
6135 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
6136 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
6137 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
6138 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
6139 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
6140 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
6141 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy, "longjmp for call dummy"},
6142 {bp_exception, "exception"},
6143 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
6144 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
6145 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
6146 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
6147 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
6148 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
6149 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
6150 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
6151 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
6152 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
6153 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
6154 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
6155 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
6156 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
6157 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
6158 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
6159 {bp_dprintf, "dprintf"},
6160 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
6161 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
6162 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
6163 };
6164
6165 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
6166 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
6167 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
6168 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
6169 (int) type);
6170
6171 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
6172 }
6173
6174 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
6175 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
6176
6177 static void
6178 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out *uiout,
6179 const char *field_name,
6180 VEC(int) *inf_num,
6181 int mi_only)
6182 {
6183 struct cleanup *back_to;
6184 int is_mi = ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout);
6185 int inf;
6186 int i;
6187
6188 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6189 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
6190 if (!is_mi && mi_only)
6191 return;
6192
6193 back_to = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (uiout, field_name);
6194
6195 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num, i, inf); ++i)
6196 {
6197 if (is_mi)
6198 {
6199 char mi_group[10];
6200
6201 xsnprintf (mi_group, sizeof (mi_group), "i%d", inf);
6202 ui_out_field_string (uiout, NULL, mi_group);
6203 }
6204 else
6205 {
6206 if (i == 0)
6207 ui_out_text (uiout, " inf ");
6208 else
6209 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
6210
6211 ui_out_text (uiout, plongest (inf));
6212 }
6213 }
6214
6215 do_cleanups (back_to);
6216 }
6217
6218 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
6219
6220 static void
6221 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
6222 struct bp_location *loc,
6223 int loc_number,
6224 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6225 int allflag)
6226 {
6227 struct command_line *l;
6228 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
6229
6230 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6231 int header_of_multiple = 0;
6232 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
6233 struct value_print_options opts;
6234
6235 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6236
6237 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
6238 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6239 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6240 if (loc == NULL
6241 && (b->loc != NULL
6242 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
6243 header_of_multiple = 1;
6244 if (loc == NULL)
6245 loc = b->loc;
6246
6247 annotate_record ();
6248
6249 /* 1 */
6250 annotate_field (0);
6251 if (part_of_multiple)
6252 {
6253 char *formatted;
6254 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
6255 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
6256 xfree (formatted);
6257 }
6258 else
6259 {
6260 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
6261 }
6262
6263 /* 2 */
6264 annotate_field (1);
6265 if (part_of_multiple)
6266 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
6267 else
6268 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptype_string (b->type));
6269
6270 /* 3 */
6271 annotate_field (2);
6272 if (part_of_multiple)
6273 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
6274 else
6275 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6276
6277
6278 /* 4 */
6279 annotate_field (3);
6280 if (part_of_multiple)
6281 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
6282 else
6283 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
6284 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
6285 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
6286
6287
6288 /* 5 and 6 */
6289 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
6290 {
6291 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
6292 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
6293 make sure there's just one location. */
6294 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
6295 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
6296 }
6297 else
6298 switch (b->type)
6299 {
6300 case bp_none:
6301 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
6302 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
6303 break;
6304
6305 case bp_watchpoint:
6306 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
6307 case bp_read_watchpoint:
6308 case bp_access_watchpoint:
6309 {
6310 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6311
6312 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6313 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6314 is relatively readable). */
6315 if (opts.addressprint)
6316 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6317 annotate_field (5);
6318 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", w->exp_string);
6319 }
6320 break;
6321
6322 case bp_breakpoint:
6323 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
6324 case bp_single_step:
6325 case bp_until:
6326 case bp_finish:
6327 case bp_longjmp:
6328 case bp_longjmp_resume:
6329 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
6330 case bp_exception:
6331 case bp_exception_resume:
6332 case bp_step_resume:
6333 case bp_hp_step_resume:
6334 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
6335 case bp_call_dummy:
6336 case bp_std_terminate:
6337 case bp_shlib_event:
6338 case bp_thread_event:
6339 case bp_overlay_event:
6340 case bp_longjmp_master:
6341 case bp_std_terminate_master:
6342 case bp_exception_master:
6343 case bp_tracepoint:
6344 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
6345 case bp_static_tracepoint:
6346 case bp_dprintf:
6347 case bp_jit_event:
6348 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
6349 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
6350 if (opts.addressprint)
6351 {
6352 annotate_field (4);
6353 if (header_of_multiple)
6354 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6355 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
6356 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
6357 else
6358 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
6359 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
6360 }
6361 annotate_field (5);
6362 if (!header_of_multiple)
6363 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
6364 if (b->loc)
6365 *last_loc = b->loc;
6366 break;
6367 }
6368
6369
6370 if (loc != NULL && !header_of_multiple)
6371 {
6372 struct inferior *inf;
6373 VEC(int) *inf_num = NULL;
6374 int mi_only = 1;
6375
6376 ALL_INFERIORS (inf)
6377 {
6378 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
6379 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num, inf->num);
6380 }
6381
6382 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6383 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6384 if (allflag
6385 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6386 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6387 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6388 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6389 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6390 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint))
6391 mi_only = 0;
6392 output_thread_groups (uiout, "thread-groups", inf_num, mi_only);
6393 VEC_free (int, inf_num);
6394 }
6395
6396 if (!part_of_multiple)
6397 {
6398 if (b->thread != -1)
6399 {
6400 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6401 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6402 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
6403 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6404 }
6405 else if (b->task != 0)
6406 {
6407 ui_out_text (uiout, " task ");
6408 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task);
6409 }
6410 }
6411
6412 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6413
6414 if (!part_of_multiple)
6415 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
6416
6417 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
6418 {
6419 annotate_field (6);
6420 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6421 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6422 the frame ID. */
6423 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame",
6424 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
6425 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6426 }
6427
6428 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string)
6429 {
6430 annotate_field (7);
6431 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6432 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
6433 else
6434 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
6435 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
6436
6437 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6438 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6439 if (is_breakpoint (b)
6440 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6441 == condition_evaluation_target)
6442 {
6443 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
6444 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
6445 bp_condition_evaluator (b));
6446 ui_out_text (uiout, " evals)");
6447 }
6448 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6449 }
6450
6451 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
6452 {
6453 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6454 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
6455 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6456 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6457 }
6458
6459 if (!part_of_multiple)
6460 {
6461 if (b->hit_count)
6462 {
6463 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6464 if (is_catchpoint (b))
6465 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
6466 else if (is_tracepoint (b))
6467 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttracepoint");
6468 else
6469 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
6470 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
6471 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6472 if (b->hit_count == 1)
6473 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
6474 else
6475 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
6476 }
6477 else
6478 {
6479 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6480 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6481 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6482 }
6483 }
6484
6485 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
6486 {
6487 annotate_field (8);
6488 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
6489 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
6490 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6491 }
6492
6493 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6494 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6495 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6496 if (!part_of_multiple && b->enable_count > 1)
6497 {
6498 annotate_field (8);
6499 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tdisable after ");
6500 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6501 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6502 if (b->ignore_count)
6503 ui_out_text (uiout, "additional ");
6504 else
6505 ui_out_text (uiout, "next ");
6506 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "enable", b->enable_count);
6507 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6508 }
6509
6510 if (!part_of_multiple && is_tracepoint (b))
6511 {
6512 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6513
6514 if (tp->traceframe_usage)
6515 {
6516 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6517 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "traceframe-usage", tp->traceframe_usage);
6518 ui_out_text (uiout, " bytes\n");
6519 }
6520 }
6521
6522 l = b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
6523 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
6524 {
6525 struct cleanup *script_chain;
6526
6527 annotate_field (9);
6528 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
6529 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
6530 do_cleanups (script_chain);
6531 }
6532
6533 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6534 {
6535 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6536
6537 if (!part_of_multiple && t->pass_count)
6538 {
6539 annotate_field (10);
6540 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
6541 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", t->pass_count);
6542 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6543 }
6544
6545 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6546 pending. */
6547 if (!header_of_multiple && loc != NULL && !loc->shlib_disabled)
6548 {
6549 annotate_field (11);
6550
6551 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6552 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "installed",
6553 loc->inserted ? "y" : "n");
6554 else
6555 {
6556 if (loc->inserted)
6557 ui_out_text (uiout, "\t");
6558 else
6559 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tnot ");
6560 ui_out_text (uiout, "installed on target\n");
6561 }
6562 }
6563 }
6564
6565 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
6566 {
6567 if (is_watchpoint (b))
6568 {
6569 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6570
6571 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", w->exp_string);
6572 }
6573 else if (b->location != NULL
6574 && event_location_to_string (b->location) != NULL)
6575 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location",
6576 event_location_to_string (b->location));
6577 }
6578 }
6579
6580 static void
6581 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
6582 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6583 int allflag)
6584 {
6585 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
6586 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6587
6588 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
6589
6590 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
6591 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
6592
6593 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6594 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6595 locations, if any. */
6596 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
6597 {
6598 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6599 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6600 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6601 situation.
6602
6603 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6604 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6605 if (b->loc
6606 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
6607 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))
6608 {
6609 struct bp_location *loc;
6610 int n = 1;
6611
6612 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
6613 {
6614 struct cleanup *inner2 =
6615 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, NULL);
6616 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
6617 do_cleanups (inner2);
6618 }
6619 }
6620 }
6621 }
6622
6623 static int
6624 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
6625 {
6626 int print_address_bits = 0;
6627 struct bp_location *loc;
6628
6629 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
6630 {
6631 int addr_bit;
6632
6633 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6634 an address to print. */
6635 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && loc->watchpoint_type == -1)
6636 continue;
6637
6638 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
6639 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6640 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6641 }
6642
6643 return print_address_bits;
6644 }
6645
6646 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6647 {
6648 int bnum;
6649 };
6650
6651 static int
6652 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
6653 {
6654 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
6655 struct breakpoint *b;
6656 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
6657
6658 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6659 {
6660 if (args->bnum == b->number)
6661 {
6662 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
6663 return GDB_RC_OK;
6664 }
6665 }
6666 return GDB_RC_NONE;
6667 }
6668
6669 enum gdb_rc
6670 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum,
6671 char **error_message)
6672 {
6673 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
6674
6675 args.bnum = bnum;
6676 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6677 an error. */
6678 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
6679 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
6680 return GDB_RC_FAIL;
6681 else
6682 return GDB_RC_OK;
6683 }
6684
6685 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6686 internal or momentary. */
6687
6688 int
6689 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6690 {
6691 return b->number > 0;
6692 }
6693
6694 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6695 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6696 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6697 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6698 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6699 breakpoints listed. */
6700
6701 static int
6702 breakpoint_1 (char *args, int allflag,
6703 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
6704 {
6705 struct breakpoint *b;
6706 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
6707 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
6708 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
6709 struct value_print_options opts;
6710 int print_address_bits = 0;
6711 int print_type_col_width = 14;
6712 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6713
6714 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6715
6716 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6717 required for address fields. */
6718 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
6719 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6720 {
6721 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6722 if (filter && !filter (b))
6723 continue;
6724
6725 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6726 accept. Skip the others. */
6727 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6728 {
6729 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6730 continue;
6731 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6732 continue;
6733 }
6734
6735 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6736 {
6737 int addr_bit, type_len;
6738
6739 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
6740 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6741 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6742
6743 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
6744 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
6745 print_type_col_width = type_len;
6746
6747 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
6748 }
6749 }
6750
6751 if (opts.addressprint)
6752 bkpttbl_chain
6753 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6,
6754 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6755 "BreakpointTable");
6756 else
6757 bkpttbl_chain
6758 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5,
6759 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6760 "BreakpointTable");
6761
6762 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6763 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6764 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6765 annotate_field (0);
6766 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6767 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6768 annotate_field (1);
6769 ui_out_table_header (uiout, print_type_col_width, ui_left,
6770 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6771 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6772 annotate_field (2);
6773 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6774 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6775 annotate_field (3);
6776 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6777 if (opts.addressprint)
6778 {
6779 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6780 annotate_field (4);
6781 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
6782 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left,
6783 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6784 else
6785 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left,
6786 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6787 }
6788 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6789 annotate_field (5);
6790 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6791 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
6792 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6793 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6794
6795 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6796 {
6797 QUIT;
6798 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6799 if (filter && !filter (b))
6800 continue;
6801
6802 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6803 accept. Skip the others. */
6804
6805 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6806 {
6807 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6808 {
6809 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6810 continue;
6811 }
6812 else /* all others */
6813 {
6814 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6815 continue;
6816 }
6817 }
6818 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6819 allflag is set. */
6820 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6821 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
6822 }
6823
6824 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
6825
6826 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
6827 {
6828 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6829 empty list. */
6830 if (!filter)
6831 {
6832 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6833 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6834 else
6835 ui_out_message (uiout, 0,
6836 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6837 args);
6838 }
6839 }
6840 else
6841 {
6842 if (last_loc && !server_command)
6843 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
6844 }
6845
6846 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6847 there have been breakpoints? */
6848 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6849
6850 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
6851 }
6852
6853 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6854 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6855
6856 static void
6857 default_collect_info (void)
6858 {
6859 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6860
6861 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6862 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6863 not wanted. */
6864 if (!*default_collect)
6865 return;
6866
6867 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6868 actions. */
6869 ui_out_text (uiout, "default collect ");
6870 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "default-collect", default_collect);
6871 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6872 }
6873
6874 static void
6875 breakpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6876 {
6877 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
6878
6879 default_collect_info ();
6880 }
6881
6882 static void
6883 watchpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6884 {
6885 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
6886 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6887
6888 if (num_printed == 0)
6889 {
6890 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6891 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6892 else
6893 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
6894 }
6895 }
6896
6897 static void
6898 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args, int from_tty)
6899 {
6900 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
6901
6902 default_collect_info ();
6903 }
6904
6905 static int
6906 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
6907 struct program_space *pspace,
6908 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
6909 {
6910 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
6911
6912 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
6913 {
6914 if (bl->pspace == pspace
6915 && bl->address == pc
6916 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
6917 return 1;
6918 }
6919 return 0;
6920 }
6921
6922 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6923 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6924 address spaces. */
6925
6926 static void
6927 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6928 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
6929 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
6930 {
6931 int others = 0;
6932 struct breakpoint *b;
6933
6934 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6935 others += (user_breakpoint_p (b)
6936 && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section));
6937 if (others > 0)
6938 {
6939 if (others == 1)
6940 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6941 else /* if (others == ???) */
6942 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6943 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6944 if (user_breakpoint_p (b) && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
6945 {
6946 others--;
6947 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
6948 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
6949 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6950 else if (b->thread != -1)
6951 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
6952 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6953 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
6954 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
6955 ? " (disabled)"
6956 : ""),
6957 (others > 1) ? ","
6958 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
6959 }
6960 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6961 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
6962 printf_filtered (".\n");
6963 }
6964 }
6965 \f
6966
6967 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6968 BPT locations. For some breakpoint types, the locations' address members
6969 are irrelevant and it makes no sense to attempt to compare them to other
6970 addresses (or use them for any other purpose either).
6971
6972 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6973 always have a zero valued location address and we don't want to mark
6974 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6975 breakpoint location at address zero:
6976
6977 bp_watchpoint
6978 bp_catchpoint
6979
6980 */
6981
6982 static int
6983 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6984 {
6985 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
6986
6987 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
6988 }
6989
6990 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6991 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6992
6993 static int
6994 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6995 struct bp_location *loc2)
6996 {
6997 struct watchpoint *w1 = (struct watchpoint *) loc1->owner;
6998 struct watchpoint *w2 = (struct watchpoint *) loc2->owner;
6999
7000 /* Both of them must exist. */
7001 gdb_assert (w1 != NULL);
7002 gdb_assert (w2 != NULL);
7003
7004 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
7005 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
7006 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
7007 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
7008 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
7009 other watchpoint. */
7010 if ((w1->cond_exp
7011 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
7012 loc1->length,
7013 loc1->watchpoint_type,
7014 w1->cond_exp))
7015 || (w2->cond_exp
7016 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
7017 loc2->length,
7018 loc2->watchpoint_type,
7019 w2->cond_exp)))
7020 return 0;
7021
7022 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
7023 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
7024 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
7025 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
7026 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
7027 become hw_access locations later. */
7028 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
7029 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
7030 && loc1->address == loc2->address
7031 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
7032 }
7033
7034 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7035
7036 int
7037 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
7038 struct address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
7039 {
7040 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7041 || aspace1 == aspace2)
7042 && addr1 == addr2);
7043 }
7044
7045 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
7046 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
7047 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
7048 space doesn't really matter. */
7049
7050 static int
7051 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
7052 int len1, struct address_space *aspace2,
7053 CORE_ADDR addr2)
7054 {
7055 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7056 || aspace1 == aspace2)
7057 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
7058 }
7059
7060 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
7061 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
7062 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
7063 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
7064
7065 static int
7066 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
7067 struct address_space *aspace,
7068 CORE_ADDR addr)
7069 {
7070 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
7071 aspace, addr)
7072 || (bl->length
7073 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
7074 bl->address, bl->length,
7075 aspace, addr)));
7076 }
7077
7078 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
7079 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
7080 true, otherwise returns false. */
7081
7082 static int
7083 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
7084 struct bp_location *loc2)
7085 {
7086 if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) && is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
7087 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
7088 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
7089 different locations. */
7090 return (loc1->address == loc2->address && loc1->owner == loc2->owner);
7091 else
7092 return 0;
7093 }
7094
7095 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
7096 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
7097 represent the same location. */
7098
7099 static int
7100 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
7101 struct bp_location *loc2)
7102 {
7103 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
7104
7105 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
7106 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
7107 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
7108
7109 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
7110 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
7111
7112 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
7113 return 0;
7114 else if (hw_point1)
7115 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
7116 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) || is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
7117 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
7118 else
7119 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
7120 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
7121 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
7122 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
7123 }
7124
7125 static void
7126 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
7127 int bnum, int have_bnum)
7128 {
7129 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
7130 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
7131 char astr1[64];
7132 char astr2[64];
7133
7134 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
7135 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
7136 if (have_bnum)
7137 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
7138 bnum, astr1, astr2);
7139 else
7140 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
7141 }
7142
7143 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
7144 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
7145 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
7146 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
7147
7148 static CORE_ADDR
7149 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7150 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
7151 {
7152 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
7153 {
7154 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
7155 return bpaddr;
7156 }
7157 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
7158 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
7159 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
7160 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
7161 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
7162 {
7163 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
7164 have their addresses modified. */
7165 return bpaddr;
7166 }
7167 else if (bptype == bp_single_step)
7168 {
7169 /* Single-step breakpoints should not have their addresses
7170 modified. If there's any architectural constrain that
7171 applies to this address, then it should have already been
7172 taken into account when the breakpoint was created in the
7173 first place. If we didn't do this, stepping through e.g.,
7174 Thumb-2 IT blocks would break. */
7175 return bpaddr;
7176 }
7177 else
7178 {
7179 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
7180
7181 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
7182 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
7183 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
7184
7185 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
7186 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
7187 is required. */
7188 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
7189 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
7190
7191 return adjusted_bpaddr;
7192 }
7193 }
7194
7195 void
7196 init_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc, const struct bp_location_ops *ops,
7197 struct breakpoint *owner)
7198 {
7199 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
7200
7201 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
7202
7203 loc->ops = ops;
7204 loc->owner = owner;
7205 loc->cond = NULL;
7206 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
7207 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
7208 loc->enabled = 1;
7209
7210 switch (owner->type)
7211 {
7212 case bp_breakpoint:
7213 case bp_single_step:
7214 case bp_until:
7215 case bp_finish:
7216 case bp_longjmp:
7217 case bp_longjmp_resume:
7218 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
7219 case bp_exception:
7220 case bp_exception_resume:
7221 case bp_step_resume:
7222 case bp_hp_step_resume:
7223 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
7224 case bp_call_dummy:
7225 case bp_std_terminate:
7226 case bp_shlib_event:
7227 case bp_thread_event:
7228 case bp_overlay_event:
7229 case bp_jit_event:
7230 case bp_longjmp_master:
7231 case bp_std_terminate_master:
7232 case bp_exception_master:
7233 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
7234 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
7235 case bp_dprintf:
7236 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
7237 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7238 break;
7239 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
7240 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
7241 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7242 break;
7243 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
7244 case bp_read_watchpoint:
7245 case bp_access_watchpoint:
7246 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
7247 break;
7248 case bp_watchpoint:
7249 case bp_catchpoint:
7250 case bp_tracepoint:
7251 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
7252 case bp_static_tracepoint:
7253 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
7254 break;
7255 default:
7256 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7257 }
7258
7259 loc->refc = 1;
7260 }
7261
7262 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7263
7264 static struct bp_location *
7265 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
7266 {
7267 return bpt->ops->allocate_location (bpt);
7268 }
7269
7270 static void
7271 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
7272 {
7273 loc->ops->dtor (loc);
7274 xfree (loc);
7275 }
7276
7277 /* Increment reference count. */
7278
7279 static void
7280 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
7281 {
7282 ++bl->refc;
7283 }
7284
7285 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7286 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7287
7288 static void
7289 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
7290 {
7291 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
7292
7293 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
7294 free_bp_location (*blp);
7295 *blp = NULL;
7296 }
7297
7298 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7299
7300 static void
7301 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint *b)
7302 {
7303 struct breakpoint *b1;
7304
7305 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7306 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7307
7308 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
7309 if (b1 == 0)
7310 breakpoint_chain = b;
7311 else
7312 {
7313 while (b1->next)
7314 b1 = b1->next;
7315 b1->next = b;
7316 }
7317 }
7318
7319 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7320
7321 static void
7322 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b,
7323 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7324 enum bptype bptype,
7325 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7326 {
7327 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
7328
7329 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
7330
7331 b->ops = ops;
7332 b->type = bptype;
7333 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
7334 b->language = current_language->la_language;
7335 b->input_radix = input_radix;
7336 b->thread = -1;
7337 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7338 b->next = 0;
7339 b->silent = 0;
7340 b->ignore_count = 0;
7341 b->commands = NULL;
7342 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
7343 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
7344 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
7345 b->related_breakpoint = b;
7346 b->location = NULL;
7347 }
7348
7349 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7350 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7351
7352 static struct breakpoint *
7353 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7354 enum bptype bptype,
7355 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7356 {
7357 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7358
7359 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7360 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7361 return b;
7362 }
7363
7364 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
7365 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7366 enough. */
7367
7368 static void
7369 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc)
7370 {
7371 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
7372
7373 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
7374 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
7375 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
7376 {
7377 int is_gnu_ifunc;
7378 const char *function_name;
7379 CORE_ADDR func_addr;
7380
7381 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc->address, &function_name,
7382 &func_addr, NULL, &is_gnu_ifunc);
7383
7384 if (is_gnu_ifunc && !explicit_loc)
7385 {
7386 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7387
7388 gdb_assert (loc->pspace == current_program_space);
7389 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name,
7390 &loc->requested_address))
7391 {
7392 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7393 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
7394 loc->requested_address,
7395 b->type);
7396 }
7397 else if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
7398 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
7399 {
7400 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7401 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7402 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
7403 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7404 breakpoint. */
7405 loc->related_address = func_addr;
7406 }
7407 }
7408
7409 if (function_name)
7410 loc->function_name = xstrdup (function_name);
7411 }
7412 }
7413
7414 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7415 struct gdbarch *
7416 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
7417 {
7418 if (sal.section)
7419 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
7420 if (sal.symtab)
7421 return get_objfile_arch (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal.symtab));
7422
7423 return NULL;
7424 }
7425
7426 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7427 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7428 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7429
7430 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7431 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7432 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7433
7434 static void
7435 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7436 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7437 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7438 {
7439 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7440
7441 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
7442
7443 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
7444 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
7445
7446 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7447 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7448 program space. */
7449 if (bptype != bp_breakpoint && bptype != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7450 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
7451 }
7452
7453 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7454 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7455 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7456 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7457 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7458 is also returned as the value of this function.
7459
7460 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7461 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7462 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7463 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7464 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7465 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7466 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7467
7468 struct breakpoint *
7469 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7470 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7471 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7472 {
7473 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7474
7475 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bptype, ops);
7476 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7477 return b;
7478 }
7479
7480 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7481 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7482 initiated the operation. */
7483
7484 void
7485 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
7486 {
7487 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7488 int thread = tp->num;
7489
7490 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7491 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7492 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7493 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7494 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7495 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7496 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
7497 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
7498 {
7499 enum bptype type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
7500 struct breakpoint *clone;
7501
7502 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7503 after their removal. */
7504 clone = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, type,
7505 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops, 1);
7506 clone->thread = thread;
7507 }
7508
7509 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
7510 }
7511
7512 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7513 void
7514 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
7515 {
7516 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7517
7518 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7519 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7520 {
7521 if (b->thread == thread)
7522 delete_breakpoint (b);
7523 }
7524 }
7525
7526 void
7527 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread)
7528 {
7529 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7530
7531 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7532 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7533 {
7534 if (b->thread == thread)
7535 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7536 }
7537 }
7538
7539 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7540 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7541 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7542 breakpoints. */
7543
7544 struct breakpoint *
7545 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7546 {
7547 struct breakpoint *b, *retval = NULL;
7548
7549 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7550 if (b->pspace == current_program_space && b->type == bp_longjmp_master)
7551 {
7552 struct breakpoint *new_b;
7553
7554 new_b = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_longjmp_call_dummy,
7555 &momentary_breakpoint_ops,
7556 1);
7557 new_b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7558
7559 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7560
7561 gdb_assert (new_b->related_breakpoint == new_b);
7562 if (retval == NULL)
7563 retval = new_b;
7564 new_b->related_breakpoint = retval;
7565 while (retval->related_breakpoint != new_b->related_breakpoint)
7566 retval = retval->related_breakpoint;
7567 retval->related_breakpoint = new_b;
7568 }
7569
7570 return retval;
7571 }
7572
7573 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7574 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7575 stack.
7576
7577 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7578 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7579 frames. */
7580
7581 void
7582 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info *tp)
7583 {
7584 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7585
7586 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7587 if (b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy && b->thread == tp->num)
7588 {
7589 struct breakpoint *dummy_b = b->related_breakpoint;
7590
7591 while (dummy_b != b && dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy)
7592 dummy_b = dummy_b->related_breakpoint;
7593 if (dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy
7594 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b->frame_id) != NULL)
7595 continue;
7596
7597 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b->frame_id, tp->ptid);
7598
7599 while (b->related_breakpoint != b)
7600 {
7601 if (b_tmp == b->related_breakpoint)
7602 b_tmp = b->related_breakpoint->next;
7603 delete_breakpoint (b->related_breakpoint);
7604 }
7605 delete_breakpoint (b);
7606 }
7607 }
7608
7609 void
7610 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7611 {
7612 struct breakpoint *b;
7613
7614 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7615 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7616 {
7617 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7618 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7619 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
7620 }
7621 }
7622
7623 void
7624 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7625 {
7626 struct breakpoint *b;
7627
7628 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7629 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7630 {
7631 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7632 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
7633 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
7634 }
7635 }
7636
7637 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7638 master breakpoint. */
7639 void
7640 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7641 {
7642 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7643
7644 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7645 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7646 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
7647 {
7648 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_std_terminate,
7649 &momentary_breakpoint_ops, 1);
7650 }
7651 }
7652
7653 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7654 void
7655 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7656 {
7657 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7658
7659 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7660 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
7661 delete_breakpoint (b);
7662 }
7663
7664 struct breakpoint *
7665 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7666 {
7667 struct breakpoint *b;
7668
7669 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event,
7670 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7671
7672 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7673 /* location has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7674 b->location = new_address_location (b->loc->address);
7675
7676 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7677
7678 return b;
7679 }
7680
7681 void
7682 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7683 {
7684 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7685
7686 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7687 if (b->type == bp_thread_event
7688 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7689 delete_breakpoint (b);
7690 }
7691
7692 struct lang_and_radix
7693 {
7694 enum language lang;
7695 int radix;
7696 };
7697
7698 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7699
7700 struct breakpoint *
7701 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7702 {
7703 struct breakpoint *b;
7704
7705 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event,
7706 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7707 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7708 return b;
7709 }
7710
7711 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7712
7713 void
7714 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7715 {
7716 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7717
7718 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7719 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
7720 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7721 delete_breakpoint (b);
7722 }
7723
7724 void
7725 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7726 {
7727 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7728
7729 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7730 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7731 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7732 delete_breakpoint (b);
7733 }
7734
7735 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7736
7737 void
7738 remove_solib_event_breakpoints_at_next_stop (void)
7739 {
7740 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7741
7742 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7743 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7744 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7745 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7746 }
7747
7748 /* Helper for create_solib_event_breakpoint /
7749 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint. Allows specifying which
7750 INSERT_MODE to pass through to update_global_location_list. */
7751
7752 static struct breakpoint *
7753 create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address,
7754 enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode)
7755 {
7756 struct breakpoint *b;
7757
7758 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event,
7759 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7760 update_global_location_list_nothrow (insert_mode);
7761 return b;
7762 }
7763
7764 struct breakpoint *
7765 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7766 {
7767 return create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch, address, UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7768 }
7769
7770 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7771
7772 struct breakpoint *
7773 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7774 {
7775 struct breakpoint *b;
7776
7777 /* Explicitly tell update_global_location_list to insert
7778 locations. */
7779 b = create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch, address, UGLL_INSERT);
7780 if (!b->loc->inserted)
7781 {
7782 delete_breakpoint (b);
7783 return NULL;
7784 }
7785 return b;
7786 }
7787
7788 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7789 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7790
7791 void
7792 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7793 {
7794 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7795
7796 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7797 {
7798 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7799 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7800
7801 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7802 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7803 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7804 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7805 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7806 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
7807 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
7808 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7809 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
7810 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
7811 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7812 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
7813 )
7814 {
7815 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7816 }
7817 }
7818 }
7819
7820 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7821 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7822 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7823
7824 static void
7825 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
7826 {
7827 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7828 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
7829
7830 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7831 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7832 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7833 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7834 if (exec_bfd != NULL
7835 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
7836 return;
7837
7838 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7839 {
7840 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7841 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7842
7843 if (solib->pspace == loc->pspace
7844 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7845 && (((b->type == bp_breakpoint
7846 || b->type == bp_jit_event
7847 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7848 && (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7849 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint))
7850 || is_tracepoint (b))
7851 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
7852 {
7853 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7854 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7855 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7856 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7857 loc->inserted = 0;
7858
7859 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7860 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
7861
7862 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
7863 {
7864 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7865 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7866 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7867 solib->so_name);
7868 }
7869 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
7870 }
7871 }
7872 }
7873
7874 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7875 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7876 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7877
7878 static void
7879 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
7880 {
7881 struct breakpoint *b;
7882
7883 if (objfile == NULL)
7884 return;
7885
7886 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
7887 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
7888 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
7889 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
7890 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7891 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7892 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
7893 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
7894 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
7895 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
7896 main objfile). */
7897 if ((objfile->flags & OBJF_SHARED) == 0
7898 || (objfile->flags & OBJF_USERLOADED) == 0)
7899 return;
7900
7901 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7902 {
7903 struct bp_location *loc;
7904 int bp_modified = 0;
7905
7906 if (!is_breakpoint (b) && !is_tracepoint (b))
7907 continue;
7908
7909 for (loc = b->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
7910 {
7911 CORE_ADDR loc_addr = loc->address;
7912
7913 if (loc->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7914 && loc->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
7915 continue;
7916
7917 if (loc->shlib_disabled != 0)
7918 continue;
7919
7920 if (objfile->pspace != loc->pspace)
7921 continue;
7922
7923 if (loc->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7924 && loc->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
7925 continue;
7926
7927 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr, objfile))
7928 {
7929 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7930 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
7931 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
7932 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
7933 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
7934 unmapped. */
7935
7936 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7937
7938 bp_modified = 1;
7939 }
7940 }
7941
7942 if (bp_modified)
7943 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
7944 }
7945 }
7946
7947 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7948
7949 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7950 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7951 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7952 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7953 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7954
7955 struct fork_catchpoint
7956 {
7957 /* The base class. */
7958 struct breakpoint base;
7959
7960 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7961 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7962 catchpoint has triggered. */
7963 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid;
7964 };
7965
7966 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7967 catchpoints. */
7968
7969 static int
7970 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7971 {
7972 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7973 }
7974
7975 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7976 catchpoints. */
7977
7978 static int
7979 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7980 {
7981 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7982 }
7983
7984 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7985 catchpoints. */
7986
7987 static int
7988 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7989 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7990 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7991 {
7992 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7993
7994 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED)
7995 return 0;
7996
7997 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7998 return 1;
7999 }
8000
8001 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8002 catchpoints. */
8003
8004 static enum print_stop_action
8005 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs)
8006 {
8007 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8008 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8009 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
8010
8011 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8012 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8013 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8014 else
8015 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8016 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8017 {
8018 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8019 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK));
8020 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8021 }
8022 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8023 ui_out_text (uiout, " (forked process ");
8024 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
8025 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8026 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8027 }
8028
8029 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8030 catchpoints. */
8031
8032 static void
8033 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8034 {
8035 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
8036 struct value_print_options opts;
8037 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8038
8039 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8040
8041 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8042 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8043 readable). */
8044 if (opts.addressprint)
8045 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8046 annotate_field (5);
8047 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
8048 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
8049 {
8050 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
8051 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
8052 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
8053 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
8054 }
8055
8056 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8057 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "fork");
8058 }
8059
8060 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8061 catchpoints. */
8062
8063 static void
8064 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
8065 {
8066 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
8067 }
8068
8069 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8070 catchpoints. */
8071
8072 static void
8073 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8074 {
8075 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
8076 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8077 }
8078
8079 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
8080
8081 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
8082
8083 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8084 catchpoints. */
8085
8086 static int
8087 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
8088 {
8089 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8090 }
8091
8092 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8093 catchpoints. */
8094
8095 static int
8096 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
8097 {
8098 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8099 }
8100
8101 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8102 catchpoints. */
8103
8104 static int
8105 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
8106 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8107 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8108 {
8109 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8110
8111 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED)
8112 return 0;
8113
8114 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
8115 return 1;
8116 }
8117
8118 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8119 catchpoints. */
8120
8121 static enum print_stop_action
8122 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs)
8123 {
8124 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8125 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8126 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
8127
8128 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8129 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8130 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8131 else
8132 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8133 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8134 {
8135 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8136 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK));
8137 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8138 }
8139 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8140 ui_out_text (uiout, " (vforked process ");
8141 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
8142 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8143 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8144 }
8145
8146 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8147 catchpoints. */
8148
8149 static void
8150 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8151 {
8152 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
8153 struct value_print_options opts;
8154 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8155
8156 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8157 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8158 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8159 readable). */
8160 if (opts.addressprint)
8161 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8162 annotate_field (5);
8163 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
8164 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
8165 {
8166 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
8167 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
8168 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
8169 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
8170 }
8171
8172 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8173 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "vfork");
8174 }
8175
8176 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8177 catchpoints. */
8178
8179 static void
8180 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
8181 {
8182 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
8183 }
8184
8185 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8186 catchpoints. */
8187
8188 static void
8189 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8190 {
8191 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
8192 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8193 }
8194
8195 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
8196
8197 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
8198
8199 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
8200 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8201 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8202 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8203 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8204
8205 struct solib_catchpoint
8206 {
8207 /* The base class. */
8208 struct breakpoint base;
8209
8210 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
8211 unsigned char is_load;
8212
8213 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
8214 REGEX is non-NULL. */
8215 char *regex;
8216 regex_t compiled;
8217 };
8218
8219 static void
8220 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
8221 {
8222 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8223
8224 if (self->regex)
8225 regfree (&self->compiled);
8226 xfree (self->regex);
8227
8228 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8229 }
8230
8231 static int
8232 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
8233 {
8234 return 0;
8235 }
8236
8237 static int
8238 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
8239 {
8240 return 0;
8241 }
8242
8243 static int
8244 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location *bl,
8245 struct address_space *aspace,
8246 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8247 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8248 {
8249 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8250 struct breakpoint *other;
8251
8252 if (ws->kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
8253 return 1;
8254
8255 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other)
8256 {
8257 struct bp_location *other_bl;
8258
8259 if (other == bl->owner)
8260 continue;
8261
8262 if (other->type != bp_shlib_event)
8263 continue;
8264
8265 if (self->base.pspace != NULL && other->pspace != self->base.pspace)
8266 continue;
8267
8268 for (other_bl = other->loc; other_bl != NULL; other_bl = other_bl->next)
8269 {
8270 if (other->ops->breakpoint_hit (other_bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
8271 return 1;
8272 }
8273 }
8274
8275 return 0;
8276 }
8277
8278 static void
8279 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats *bs)
8280 {
8281 struct solib_catchpoint *self
8282 = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
8283 int ix;
8284
8285 if (self->is_load)
8286 {
8287 struct so_list *iter;
8288
8289 for (ix = 0;
8290 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
8291 ix, iter);
8292 ++ix)
8293 {
8294 if (!self->regex
8295 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter->so_name, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
8296 return;
8297 }
8298 }
8299 else
8300 {
8301 char *iter;
8302
8303 for (ix = 0;
8304 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
8305 ix, iter);
8306 ++ix)
8307 {
8308 if (!self->regex
8309 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
8310 return;
8311 }
8312 }
8313
8314 bs->stop = 0;
8315 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
8316 }
8317
8318 static enum print_stop_action
8319 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs)
8320 {
8321 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8322 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8323
8324 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8325 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8326 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8327 else
8328 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8329 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8330 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8331 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8332 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8333 print_solib_event (1);
8334 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8335 }
8336
8337 static void
8338 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **locs)
8339 {
8340 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8341 struct value_print_options opts;
8342 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8343 char *msg;
8344
8345 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8346 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8347 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8348 readable). */
8349 if (opts.addressprint)
8350 {
8351 annotate_field (4);
8352 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8353 }
8354
8355 annotate_field (5);
8356 if (self->is_load)
8357 {
8358 if (self->regex)
8359 msg = xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self->regex);
8360 else
8361 msg = xstrdup (_("load of library"));
8362 }
8363 else
8364 {
8365 if (self->regex)
8366 msg = xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self->regex);
8367 else
8368 msg = xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
8369 }
8370 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", msg);
8371 xfree (msg);
8372
8373 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8374 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type",
8375 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8376 }
8377
8378 static void
8379 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
8380 {
8381 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8382
8383 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b->number,
8384 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8385 }
8386
8387 static void
8388 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8389 {
8390 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8391
8392 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "%s %s",
8393 b->disposition == disp_del ? "tcatch" : "catch",
8394 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8395 if (self->regex)
8396 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->regex);
8397 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
8398 }
8399
8400 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
8401
8402 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8403 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8404 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8405 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8406 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8407 created in an enabled state. */
8408
8409 void
8410 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg, int is_load, int is_temp, int enabled)
8411 {
8412 struct solib_catchpoint *c;
8413 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8414 struct cleanup *cleanup;
8415
8416 if (!arg)
8417 arg = "";
8418 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
8419
8420 c = XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint);
8421 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, c);
8422
8423 if (*arg != '\0')
8424 {
8425 int errcode;
8426
8427 errcode = regcomp (&c->compiled, arg, REG_NOSUB);
8428 if (errcode != 0)
8429 {
8430 char *err = get_regcomp_error (errcode, &c->compiled);
8431
8432 make_cleanup (xfree, err);
8433 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err, arg);
8434 }
8435 c->regex = xstrdup (arg);
8436 }
8437
8438 c->is_load = is_load;
8439 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, is_temp, NULL,
8440 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops);
8441
8442 c->base.enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
8443
8444 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
8445 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8446 }
8447
8448 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8449 "catch unload". */
8450
8451 static void
8452 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg, int from_tty, int is_load,
8453 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8454 {
8455 int tempflag;
8456 const int enabled = 1;
8457
8458 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
8459
8460 add_solib_catchpoint (arg, is_load, tempflag, enabled);
8461 }
8462
8463 static void
8464 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
8465 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8466 {
8467 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 1, command);
8468 }
8469
8470 static void
8471 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
8472 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8473 {
8474 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 0, command);
8475 }
8476
8477 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8478 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8479 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8480 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8481
8482 void
8483 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8484 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
8485 char *cond_string,
8486 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8487 {
8488 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8489
8490 init_sal (&sal);
8491 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
8492
8493 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint, ops);
8494
8495 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
8496 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
8497 }
8498
8499 void
8500 install_breakpoint (int internal, struct breakpoint *b, int update_gll)
8501 {
8502 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
8503 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
8504 if (is_tracepoint (b))
8505 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
8506 if (!internal)
8507 mention (b);
8508 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
8509
8510 if (update_gll)
8511 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
8512 }
8513
8514 static void
8515 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8516 int tempflag, char *cond_string,
8517 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8518 {
8519 struct fork_catchpoint *c = XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint);
8520
8521 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
8522
8523 c->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
8524
8525 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8526 }
8527
8528 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8529
8530 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8531 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8532 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8533 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8534 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8535
8536 struct exec_catchpoint
8537 {
8538 /* The base class. */
8539 struct breakpoint base;
8540
8541 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8542 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8543 triggered. */
8544 char *exec_pathname;
8545 };
8546
8547 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8548 catchpoints. */
8549
8550 static void
8551 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8552 {
8553 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8554
8555 xfree (c->exec_pathname);
8556
8557 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8558 }
8559
8560 static int
8561 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8562 {
8563 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8564 }
8565
8566 static int
8567 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8568 {
8569 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8570 }
8571
8572 static int
8573 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
8574 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8575 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8576 {
8577 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8578
8579 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD)
8580 return 0;
8581
8582 c->exec_pathname = xstrdup (ws->value.execd_pathname);
8583 return 1;
8584 }
8585
8586 static enum print_stop_action
8587 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs)
8588 {
8589 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8590 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8591 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8592
8593 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8594 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8595 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8596 else
8597 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8598 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8599 {
8600 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8601 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC));
8602 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8603 }
8604 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8605 ui_out_text (uiout, " (exec'd ");
8606 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "new-exec", c->exec_pathname);
8607 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8608
8609 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8610 }
8611
8612 static void
8613 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8614 {
8615 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8616 struct value_print_options opts;
8617 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8618
8619 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8620
8621 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8622 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8623 is relatively readable). */
8624 if (opts.addressprint)
8625 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8626 annotate_field (5);
8627 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
8628 if (c->exec_pathname != NULL)
8629 {
8630 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
8631 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", c->exec_pathname);
8632 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8633 }
8634
8635 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8636 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "exec");
8637 }
8638
8639 static void
8640 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8641 {
8642 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
8643 }
8644
8645 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8646 catchpoints. */
8647
8648 static void
8649 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8650 {
8651 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
8652 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8653 }
8654
8655 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
8656
8657 static int
8658 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8659 {
8660 int i = 0;
8661 struct breakpoint *b;
8662 struct bp_location *bl;
8663
8664 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8665 {
8666 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8667 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8668 {
8669 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8670 one register. */
8671 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8672 }
8673 }
8674
8675 return i;
8676 }
8677
8678 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8679 watchpoint. */
8680
8681 static int
8682 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *b)
8683 {
8684 int i = 0;
8685 struct bp_location *bl;
8686
8687 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8688 return 0;
8689
8690 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8691 {
8692 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8693 one register. */
8694 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8695 }
8696
8697 return i;
8698 }
8699
8700 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8701 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8702 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8703 types _not_ TYPE. */
8704
8705 static int
8706 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
8707 enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
8708 {
8709 int i = 0;
8710 struct breakpoint *b;
8711
8712 *other_type_used = 0;
8713 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8714 {
8715 if (b == except)
8716 continue;
8717 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8718 continue;
8719
8720 if (b->type == type)
8721 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
8722 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
8723 *other_type_used = 1;
8724 }
8725
8726 return i;
8727 }
8728
8729 void
8730 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8731 {
8732 struct breakpoint *b;
8733
8734 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8735 {
8736 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8737 {
8738 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
8739 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
8740 }
8741 }
8742 }
8743
8744 void
8745 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8746 {
8747 struct breakpoint *b;
8748
8749 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8750 {
8751 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
8752 {
8753 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8754 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
8755 }
8756 }
8757 }
8758
8759 void
8760 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8761 {
8762 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
8763 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
8764 }
8765
8766 void
8767 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8768 {
8769 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
8770 breakpoint_re_set ();
8771 }
8772
8773 /* Create a new single-step breakpoint for thread THREAD, with no
8774 locations. */
8775
8776 static struct breakpoint *
8777 new_single_step_breakpoint (int thread, struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
8778 {
8779 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
8780
8781 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bp_single_step,
8782 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
8783
8784 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8785 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
8786
8787 b->thread = thread;
8788 gdb_assert (b->thread != 0);
8789
8790 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
8791
8792 return b;
8793 }
8794
8795 /* Set a momentary breakpoint of type TYPE at address specified by
8796 SAL. If FRAME_ID is valid, the breakpoint is restricted to that
8797 frame. */
8798
8799 struct breakpoint *
8800 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
8801 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
8802 {
8803 struct breakpoint *b;
8804
8805 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8806 tail-called one. */
8807 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id));
8808
8809 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
8810 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8811 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8812 b->frame_id = frame_id;
8813
8814 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8815 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8816 control. */
8817 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
8818 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
8819
8820 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
8821
8822 return b;
8823 }
8824
8825 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8826 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
8827 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
8828
8829 static struct breakpoint *
8830 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
8831 enum bptype type,
8832 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
8833 int loc_enabled)
8834 {
8835 struct breakpoint *copy;
8836
8837 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, type, ops);
8838 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
8839 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1);
8840
8841 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
8842 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
8843 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
8844 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
8845 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
8846 copy->loc->probe = orig->loc->probe;
8847 copy->loc->line_number = orig->loc->line_number;
8848 copy->loc->symtab = orig->loc->symtab;
8849 copy->loc->enabled = loc_enabled;
8850 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
8851 copy->thread = orig->thread;
8852 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
8853
8854 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8855 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8856 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
8857
8858 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
8859 return copy;
8860 }
8861
8862 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8863 ORIG is NULL. */
8864
8865 struct breakpoint *
8866 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
8867 {
8868 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8869 if (orig == NULL)
8870 return NULL;
8871
8872 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig, orig->type, orig->ops, 0);
8873 }
8874
8875 struct breakpoint *
8876 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
8877 enum bptype type)
8878 {
8879 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8880
8881 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
8882 sal.pc = pc;
8883 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
8884 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
8885
8886 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
8887 }
8888 \f
8889
8890 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8891
8892 static void
8893 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
8894 {
8895 b->ops->print_mention (b);
8896 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
8897 return;
8898 printf_filtered ("\n");
8899 }
8900 \f
8901
8902 static int bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc);
8903
8904 static struct bp_location *
8905 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8906 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
8907 {
8908 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
8909 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
8910 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
8911
8912 if (loc_gdbarch == NULL)
8913 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
8914
8915 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8916 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8917 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8918 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8919 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8920 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8921 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
8922 sal->pc, b->type);
8923
8924 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
8925 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
8926 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL && (*tmp)->address <= adjusted_address;
8927 tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
8928 ;
8929 loc->next = *tmp;
8930 *tmp = loc;
8931
8932 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
8933 loc->address = adjusted_address;
8934 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
8935 loc->probe.probe = sal->probe;
8936 loc->probe.objfile = sal->objfile;
8937 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
8938 loc->section = sal->section;
8939 loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
8940 loc->line_number = sal->line;
8941 loc->symtab = sal->symtab;
8942
8943 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc,
8944 sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line);
8945
8946 /* While by definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
8947 code, we don't mark the location as inserted. Normally one would expect
8948 that GDB could rely on that breakpoint instruction to stop the program,
8949 thus removing the need to insert its own breakpoint, except that executing
8950 the breakpoint instruction can kill the target instead of reporting a
8951 SIGTRAP. E.g., on SPARC, when interrupts are disabled, executing the
8952 instruction resets the CPU, so QEMU 2.0.0 for SPARC correspondingly dies
8953 with "Trap 0x02 while interrupts disabled, Error state". Letting the
8954 breakpoint be inserted normally results in QEMU knowing about the GDB
8955 breakpoint, and thus trap before the breakpoint instruction is executed.
8956 (If GDB later needs to continue execution past the permanent breakpoint,
8957 it manually increments the PC, thus avoiding executing the breakpoint
8958 instruction.) */
8959 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
8960 loc->permanent = 1;
8961
8962 return loc;
8963 }
8964 \f
8965
8966 /* See breakpoint.h. */
8967
8968 int
8969 program_breakpoint_here_p (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
8970 {
8971 int len;
8972 CORE_ADDR addr;
8973 const gdb_byte *bpoint;
8974 gdb_byte *target_mem;
8975 struct cleanup *cleanup;
8976 int retval = 0;
8977
8978 addr = address;
8979 bpoint = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &addr, &len);
8980
8981 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
8982 if (bpoint == NULL)
8983 return 0;
8984
8985 target_mem = alloca (len);
8986
8987 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
8988 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
8989 breakpoints they are permanent. */
8990 cleanup = make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
8991
8992 if (target_read_memory (address, target_mem, len) == 0
8993 && memcmp (target_mem, bpoint, len) == 0)
8994 retval = 1;
8995
8996 do_cleanups (cleanup);
8997
8998 return retval;
8999 }
9000
9001 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
9002 return 0 otherwise. */
9003
9004 static int
9005 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
9006 {
9007 struct cleanup *cleanup;
9008 int retval;
9009
9010 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
9011
9012 /* If we have a catchpoint or a watchpoint, just return 0. We should not
9013 attempt to read from the addresses the locations of these breakpoint types
9014 point to. program_breakpoint_here_p, below, will attempt to read
9015 memory. */
9016 if (!breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (loc->owner))
9017 return 0;
9018
9019 cleanup = save_current_space_and_thread ();
9020 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
9021
9022 retval = program_breakpoint_here_p (loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
9023
9024 do_cleanups (cleanup);
9025
9026 return retval;
9027 }
9028
9029 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
9030 settings of the dprintf style options. */
9031
9032 static void
9033 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint *b)
9034 {
9035 char *dprintf_args = b->extra_string;
9036 char *printf_line = NULL;
9037
9038 if (!dprintf_args)
9039 return;
9040
9041 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
9042
9043 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
9044 insist on it. */
9045 if (*dprintf_args == ',')
9046 ++dprintf_args;
9047 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
9048
9049 if (*dprintf_args != '"')
9050 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
9051
9052 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_gdb) == 0)
9053 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
9054 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_call) == 0)
9055 {
9056 if (!dprintf_function)
9057 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
9058
9059 if (dprintf_channel && strlen (dprintf_channel) > 0)
9060 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
9061 dprintf_function,
9062 dprintf_channel,
9063 dprintf_args);
9064 else
9065 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
9066 dprintf_function,
9067 dprintf_args);
9068 }
9069 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) == 0)
9070 {
9071 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
9072 printf_line = xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args);
9073 else
9074 {
9075 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
9076 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
9077 }
9078 }
9079 else
9080 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
9081 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
9082
9083 gdb_assert (printf_line != NULL);
9084 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
9085 {
9086 struct command_line *printf_cmd_line = XNEW (struct command_line);
9087
9088 printf_cmd_line->control_type = simple_control;
9089 printf_cmd_line->body_count = 0;
9090 printf_cmd_line->body_list = NULL;
9091 printf_cmd_line->next = NULL;
9092 printf_cmd_line->line = printf_line;
9093
9094 breakpoint_set_commands (b, printf_cmd_line);
9095 }
9096 }
9097
9098 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
9099 current style settings. */
9100
9101 static void
9102 update_dprintf_commands (char *args, int from_tty,
9103 struct cmd_list_element *c)
9104 {
9105 struct breakpoint *b;
9106
9107 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
9108 {
9109 if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
9110 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
9111 }
9112 }
9113
9114 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use LOCATION
9115 as a description of the location, and COND_STRING
9116 as condition expression. */
9117
9118 static void
9119 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9120 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
9121 struct event_location *location,
9122 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9123 char *extra_string,
9124 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9125 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9126 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9127 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9128 int display_canonical)
9129 {
9130 int i;
9131
9132 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
9133 {
9134 int target_resources_ok;
9135
9136 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9137 target_resources_ok =
9138 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
9139 i + 1, 0);
9140 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
9141 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9142 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
9143 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9144 }
9145
9146 gdb_assert (sals.nelts > 0);
9147
9148 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
9149 {
9150 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
9151 struct bp_location *loc;
9152
9153 if (from_tty)
9154 {
9155 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
9156 if (!loc_gdbarch)
9157 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
9158
9159 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
9160 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
9161 }
9162
9163 if (i == 0)
9164 {
9165 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
9166 b->thread = thread;
9167 b->task = task;
9168
9169 b->cond_string = cond_string;
9170 b->extra_string = extra_string;
9171 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9172 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9173 b->disposition = disposition;
9174
9175 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9176 b->loc->inserted = 1;
9177
9178 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
9179 {
9180 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
9181 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
9182
9183 if (strace_marker_p (b))
9184 {
9185 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9186 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9187 const char *p = &event_location_to_string (b->location)[3];
9188 const char *endp;
9189 char *marker_str;
9190
9191 p = skip_spaces_const (p);
9192
9193 endp = skip_to_space_const (p);
9194
9195 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9196 t->static_trace_marker_id = marker_str;
9197
9198 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9199 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
9200 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9201 }
9202 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
9203 {
9204 t->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
9205 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
9206
9207 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9208 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
9209 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9210 }
9211 else
9212 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9213 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9214 }
9215
9216 loc = b->loc;
9217 }
9218 else
9219 {
9220 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
9221 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9222 loc->inserted = 1;
9223 }
9224
9225 if (b->cond_string)
9226 {
9227 const char *arg = b->cond_string;
9228
9229 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
9230 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
9231 if (*arg)
9232 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg);
9233 }
9234
9235 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9236 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9237 if (type == bp_dprintf)
9238 {
9239 if (b->extra_string)
9240 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
9241 else
9242 error (_("Format string required"));
9243 }
9244 else if (b->extra_string)
9245 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b->extra_string);
9246 }
9247
9248 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
9249 if (location != NULL)
9250 b->location = location;
9251 else
9252 b->location = new_address_location (b->loc->address);
9253 b->filter = filter;
9254 }
9255
9256 static void
9257 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9258 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
9259 struct event_location *location,
9260 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9261 char *extra_string,
9262 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9263 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9264 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9265 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9266 int display_canonical)
9267 {
9268 struct breakpoint *b;
9269 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9270
9271 if (is_tracepoint_type (type))
9272 {
9273 struct tracepoint *t;
9274
9275 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9276 b = &t->base;
9277 }
9278 else
9279 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9280
9281 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, b);
9282
9283 init_breakpoint_sal (b, gdbarch,
9284 sals, location,
9285 filter, cond_string, extra_string,
9286 type, disposition,
9287 thread, task, ignore_count,
9288 ops, from_tty,
9289 enabled, internal, flags,
9290 display_canonical);
9291 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
9292
9293 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9294 }
9295
9296 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9297 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9298 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9299 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9300 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9301 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9302 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9303 we take just a single condition string.
9304
9305 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9306 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9307 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9308 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9309 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9310
9311 static void
9312 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9313 struct linespec_result *canonical,
9314 char *cond_string, char *extra_string,
9315 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9316 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9317 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9318 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags)
9319 {
9320 int i;
9321 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9322
9323 if (canonical->pre_expanded)
9324 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical->sals) == 1);
9325
9326 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, i, lsal); ++i)
9327 {
9328 /* Note that 'location' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9329 'break', without arguments. */
9330 struct event_location *location
9331 = (canonical->location != NULL
9332 ? copy_event_location (canonical->location) : NULL);
9333 char *filter_string = lsal->canonical ? xstrdup (lsal->canonical) : NULL;
9334 struct cleanup *inner = make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location);
9335
9336 make_cleanup (xfree, filter_string);
9337 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, lsal->sals,
9338 location,
9339 filter_string,
9340 cond_string, extra_string,
9341 type, disposition,
9342 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9343 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
9344 canonical->special_display);
9345 discard_cleanups (inner);
9346 }
9347 }
9348
9349 /* Parse LOCATION which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9350 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9351 addresses found. LOCATION points to the end of the SAL (for
9352 linespec locations).
9353
9354 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9355 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9356
9357 static void
9358 parse_breakpoint_sals (const struct event_location *location,
9359 struct linespec_result *canonical)
9360 {
9361 struct symtab_and_line cursal;
9362
9363 if (event_location_type (location) == LINESPEC_LOCATION)
9364 {
9365 const char *address = get_linespec_location (location);
9366
9367 if (address == NULL)
9368 {
9369 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default
9370 breakpoint address. */
9371 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9372 {
9373 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9374 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9375 CORE_ADDR pc;
9376
9377 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9378 lsal.sals.sals = XNEW (struct symtab_and_line);
9379
9380 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9381 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9382 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9383 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9384 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9385 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
9386 pc = sal.pc;
9387 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
9388
9389 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9390 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9391 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9392 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9393 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9394 sal.pc = pc;
9395 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
9396
9397 lsal.sals.sals[0] = sal;
9398 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9399 lsal.canonical = NULL;
9400
9401 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
9402 return;
9403 }
9404 else
9405 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9406 }
9407 }
9408
9409 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9410 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9411 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9412 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9413
9414 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9415 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9416 cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9417 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9418 {
9419 const char *address = NULL;
9420
9421 if (event_location_type (location) == LINESPEC_LOCATION)
9422 address = get_linespec_location (location);
9423
9424 if (!cursal.symtab
9425 || (address != NULL
9426 && strchr ("+-", address[0]) != NULL
9427 && address[1] != '['))
9428 {
9429 decode_line_full (location, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9430 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9431 get_last_displayed_line (),
9432 canonical, NULL, NULL);
9433 return;
9434 }
9435 }
9436
9437 decode_line_full (location, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9438 cursal.symtab, cursal.line, canonical, NULL, NULL);
9439 }
9440
9441
9442 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9443 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9444
9445 static void
9446 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9447 {
9448 int i;
9449
9450 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9451 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
9452 }
9453
9454 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9455 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9456 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9457 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9458 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9459 it, etc. */
9460
9461 static void
9462 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9463 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9464 {
9465 int i, rslt;
9466 struct symtab_and_line *sal;
9467 char *msg;
9468 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9469
9470 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9471 {
9472 struct gdbarch *sarch;
9473
9474 sal = &sals->sals[i];
9475
9476 sarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
9477 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9478 associated with SAL. */
9479 if (sarch == NULL)
9480 sarch = gdbarch;
9481 rslt = gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch, sal->pc, &msg);
9482 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, msg);
9483
9484 if (!rslt)
9485 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9486 paddress (sarch, sal->pc), (msg ? msg : ""));
9487
9488 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9489 }
9490 }
9491
9492 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9493
9494 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9495 invalid_thread_id_error (int id)
9496 {
9497 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id);
9498 }
9499
9500 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9501 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9502 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9503 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9504 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9505 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9506
9507 static void
9508 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
9509 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task,
9510 char **rest)
9511 {
9512 *cond_string = NULL;
9513 *thread = -1;
9514 *task = 0;
9515 *rest = NULL;
9516
9517 while (tok && *tok)
9518 {
9519 const char *end_tok;
9520 int toklen;
9521 const char *cond_start = NULL;
9522 const char *cond_end = NULL;
9523
9524 tok = skip_spaces_const (tok);
9525
9526 if ((*tok == '"' || *tok == ',') && rest)
9527 {
9528 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9529 return;
9530 }
9531
9532 end_tok = skip_to_space_const (tok);
9533
9534 toklen = end_tok - tok;
9535
9536 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
9537 {
9538 struct expression *expr;
9539
9540 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
9541 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, pc, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
9542 xfree (expr);
9543 cond_end = tok;
9544 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
9545 }
9546 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
9547 {
9548 char *tmptok;
9549
9550 tok = end_tok + 1;
9551 *thread = strtol (tok, &tmptok, 0);
9552 if (tok == tmptok)
9553 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9554 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
9555 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread);
9556 tok = tmptok;
9557 }
9558 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
9559 {
9560 char *tmptok;
9561
9562 tok = end_tok + 1;
9563 *task = strtol (tok, &tmptok, 0);
9564 if (tok == tmptok)
9565 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9566 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
9567 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
9568 tok = tmptok;
9569 }
9570 else if (rest)
9571 {
9572 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9573 return;
9574 }
9575 else
9576 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9577 }
9578 }
9579
9580 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9581
9582 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9583 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (const char **arg_p)
9584 {
9585 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers = NULL;
9586 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
9587 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9588 const char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
9589 const char *endp;
9590 char *marker_str;
9591 int i;
9592
9593 p = skip_spaces_const (p);
9594
9595 endp = skip_to_space_const (p);
9596
9597 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9598 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, marker_str);
9599
9600 markers = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str);
9601 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
9602 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str);
9603
9604 sals.nelts = VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers);
9605 sals.sals = XNEWVEC (struct symtab_and_line, sals.nelts);
9606
9607 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
9608 {
9609 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
9610
9611 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, i);
9612
9613 init_sal (&sals.sals[i]);
9614
9615 sals.sals[i] = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
9616 sals.sals[i].pc = marker->address;
9617
9618 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
9619 }
9620
9621 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9622
9623 *arg_p = endp;
9624 return sals;
9625 }
9626
9627 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9628
9629 int
9630 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9631 const struct event_location *location, char *cond_string,
9632 int thread, char *extra_string,
9633 int parse_extra,
9634 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
9635 int ignore_count,
9636 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
9637 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9638 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal,
9639 unsigned flags)
9640 {
9641 struct linespec_result canonical;
9642 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9643 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
9644 int pending = 0;
9645 int task = 0;
9646 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
9647
9648 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
9649
9650 /* If extra_string isn't useful, set it to NULL. */
9651 if (extra_string != NULL && *extra_string == '\0')
9652 extra_string = NULL;
9653
9654 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
9655
9656 TRY
9657 {
9658 ops->create_sals_from_location (location, &canonical, type_wanted);
9659 }
9660 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
9661 {
9662 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set
9663 value. */
9664 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
9665 {
9666 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9667 error. */
9668
9669 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
9670 throw_exception (e);
9671
9672 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
9673
9674 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9675 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9676 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9677 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9678 bptype_string (type_wanted)))
9679 return 0;
9680
9681 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9682 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9683 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9684 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9685 pending = 1;
9686 }
9687 else
9688 throw_exception (e);
9689 }
9690 END_CATCH
9691
9692 if (!pending && VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical.sals))
9693 return 0;
9694
9695 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9696 old_chain = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
9697
9698 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9699 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9700 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9701 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9702 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
9703
9704 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9705 are ok for the target. */
9706 if (!pending)
9707 {
9708 int ix;
9709 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9710
9711 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9712 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter->sals);
9713 }
9714
9715 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9716 if (!pending && type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
9717 {
9718 int ix;
9719 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9720
9721 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9722 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, &iter->sals);
9723 }
9724
9725 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9726 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9727 breakpoint. */
9728 if (!pending)
9729 {
9730 if (parse_extra)
9731 {
9732 char *rest;
9733 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9734
9735 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
9736
9737 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9738 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9739 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9740 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9741
9742 find_condition_and_thread (extra_string, lsal->sals.sals[0].pc,
9743 &cond_string, &thread, &task, &rest);
9744 if (cond_string)
9745 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9746 if (rest)
9747 make_cleanup (xfree, rest);
9748 if (rest)
9749 extra_string = rest;
9750 else
9751 extra_string = NULL;
9752 }
9753 else
9754 {
9755 if (type_wanted != bp_dprintf
9756 && extra_string != NULL && *extra_string != '\0')
9757 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), extra_string);
9758
9759 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9760 if (cond_string)
9761 {
9762 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
9763 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9764 }
9765 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9766 if (extra_string)
9767 {
9768 extra_string = xstrdup (extra_string);
9769 make_cleanup (xfree, extra_string);
9770 }
9771 }
9772
9773 ops->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, &canonical,
9774 cond_string, extra_string, type_wanted,
9775 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
9776 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9777 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags);
9778 }
9779 else
9780 {
9781 struct breakpoint *b;
9782
9783 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted))
9784 {
9785 struct tracepoint *t;
9786
9787 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9788 b = &t->base;
9789 }
9790 else
9791 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9792
9793 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, type_wanted, ops);
9794 b->location = copy_event_location (location);
9795
9796 if (parse_extra)
9797 b->cond_string = NULL;
9798 else
9799 {
9800 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9801 if (cond_string)
9802 {
9803 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
9804 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9805 }
9806 b->cond_string = cond_string;
9807 b->thread = thread;
9808 }
9809
9810 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9811 if (extra_string != NULL)
9812 {
9813 extra_string = xstrdup (extra_string);
9814 make_cleanup (xfree, extra_string);
9815 }
9816 b->extra_string = extra_string;
9817 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9818 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
9819 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
9820 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9821 if ((type_wanted != bp_breakpoint
9822 && type_wanted != bp_hardware_breakpoint) || thread != -1)
9823 b->pspace = current_program_space;
9824
9825 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9826 }
9827
9828 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 1)
9829 {
9830 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9831 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9832 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
9833 }
9834
9835 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9836 breakpoint. */
9837 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
9838 /* But cleanup everything else. */
9839 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9840
9841 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9842 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
9843
9844 return 1;
9845 }
9846
9847 /* Set a breakpoint.
9848 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9849 condition, and thread.
9850 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9851 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9852 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */
9853
9854 static void
9855 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
9856 {
9857 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
9858 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9859 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9860 : bp_breakpoint);
9861 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
9862 struct event_location *location;
9863 struct cleanup *cleanup;
9864
9865 location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
9866 cleanup = make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location);
9867
9868 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9869 if (location != NULL
9870 && event_location_type (location) == PROBE_LOCATION)
9871 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
9872 else
9873 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
9874
9875 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9876 location,
9877 NULL, 0, arg, 1 /* parse arg */,
9878 tempflag, type_wanted,
9879 0 /* Ignore count */,
9880 pending_break_support,
9881 ops,
9882 from_tty,
9883 1 /* enabled */,
9884 0 /* internal */,
9885 0);
9886 do_cleanups (cleanup);
9887 }
9888
9889 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9890
9891 void
9892 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
9893 {
9894 CORE_ADDR pc;
9895
9896 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9897 {
9898 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
9899 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9900 sal->line, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal->symtab));
9901 sal->pc = pc;
9902
9903 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9904 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9905 if (sal->explicit_line)
9906 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
9907 }
9908
9909 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9910 {
9911 const struct blockvector *bv;
9912 const struct block *b;
9913 struct symbol *sym;
9914
9915 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b,
9916 SYMTAB_COMPUNIT (sal->symtab));
9917 if (bv != NULL)
9918 {
9919 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
9920 if (sym != NULL)
9921 {
9922 fixup_symbol_section (sym, SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal->symtab));
9923 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal->symtab),
9924 sym);
9925 }
9926 else
9927 {
9928 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9929 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9930 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9931 happen in assembly source). */
9932
9933 struct bound_minimal_symbol msym;
9934 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
9935
9936 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
9937
9938 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
9939 if (msym.minsym)
9940 sal->section = MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym.objfile, msym.minsym);
9941
9942 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9943 }
9944 }
9945 }
9946 }
9947
9948 void
9949 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9950 {
9951 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9952 }
9953
9954 void
9955 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9956 {
9957 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
9958 }
9959
9960 static void
9961 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9962 {
9963 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
9964 }
9965
9966 static void
9967 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9968 {
9969 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
9970 }
9971
9972 static void
9973 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9974 {
9975 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9976 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9977 stop at <line>\n"));
9978 }
9979
9980 static void
9981 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9982 {
9983 int badInput = 0;
9984
9985 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
9986 badInput = 1;
9987 else if (*arg != '*')
9988 {
9989 char *argptr = arg;
9990 int hasColon = 0;
9991
9992 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9993 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9994 function/method name. */
9995 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9996 {
9997 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
9998 argptr++;
9999 }
10000
10001 if (hasColon)
10002 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
10003 else
10004 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
10005 }
10006
10007 if (badInput)
10008 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
10009 else
10010 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
10011 }
10012
10013 static void
10014 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10015 {
10016 int badInput = 0;
10017
10018 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
10019 badInput = 1;
10020 else
10021 {
10022 char *argptr = arg;
10023 int hasColon = 0;
10024
10025 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
10026 it is probably a line number. */
10027 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
10028 {
10029 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
10030 argptr++;
10031 }
10032
10033 if (hasColon)
10034 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
10035 else
10036 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
10037 }
10038
10039 if (badInput)
10040 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
10041 else
10042 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
10043 }
10044
10045 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
10046 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
10047 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
10048 line. */
10049
10050 static void
10051 dprintf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10052 {
10053 struct event_location *location;
10054 struct cleanup *cleanup;
10055
10056 location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
10057 cleanup = make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location);
10058
10059 /* If non-NULL, ARG should have been advanced past the location;
10060 the next character must be ','. */
10061 if (arg != NULL)
10062 {
10063 if (arg[0] != ',' || arg[1] == '\0')
10064 error (_("Format string required"));
10065 else
10066 {
10067 /* Skip the comma. */
10068 ++arg;
10069 }
10070 }
10071
10072 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10073 location,
10074 NULL, 0, arg, 1 /* parse arg */,
10075 0, bp_dprintf,
10076 0 /* Ignore count */,
10077 pending_break_support,
10078 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops,
10079 from_tty,
10080 1 /* enabled */,
10081 0 /* internal */,
10082 0);
10083 do_cleanups (cleanup);
10084 }
10085
10086 static void
10087 agent_printf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10088 {
10089 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
10090 }
10091
10092 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
10093 ranged breakpoints. */
10094
10095 static int
10096 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10097 struct address_space *aspace,
10098 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
10099 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10100 {
10101 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
10102 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
10103 return 0;
10104
10105 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
10106 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
10107 }
10108
10109 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10110 ranged breakpoints. */
10111
10112 static int
10113 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10114 {
10115 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10116 }
10117
10118 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10119 ranged breakpoints. */
10120
10121 static enum print_stop_action
10122 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs)
10123 {
10124 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10125 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10126 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10127
10128 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
10129
10130 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10131 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
10132
10133 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
10134 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
10135 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
10136 else
10137 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
10138 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10139 {
10140 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
10141 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
10142 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
10143 }
10144 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
10145 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
10146
10147 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
10148 }
10149
10150 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10151 ranged breakpoints. */
10152
10153 static void
10154 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
10155 struct bp_location **last_loc)
10156 {
10157 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10158 struct value_print_options opts;
10159 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10160
10161 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10162 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
10163
10164 get_user_print_options (&opts);
10165
10166 if (opts.addressprint)
10167 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10168 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10169 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
10170 annotate_field (5);
10171 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
10172 *last_loc = bl;
10173 }
10174
10175 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10176 ranged breakpoints. */
10177
10178 static void
10179 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10180 struct ui_out *uiout)
10181 {
10182 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
10183 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10184 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
10185 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10186
10187 gdb_assert (bl);
10188
10189 address_start = bl->address;
10190 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
10191
10192 ui_out_text (uiout, "\taddress range: ");
10193 fprintf_unfiltered (stb, "[%s, %s]",
10194 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
10195 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
10196 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "addr", stb);
10197 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10198
10199 do_cleanups (cleanup);
10200 }
10201
10202 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10203 ranged breakpoints. */
10204
10205 static void
10206 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10207 {
10208 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10209 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10210
10211 gdb_assert (bl);
10212 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
10213
10214 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10215 return;
10216
10217 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10218 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
10219 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
10220 }
10221
10222 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10223 ranged breakpoints. */
10224
10225 static void
10226 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10227 {
10228 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s",
10229 event_location_to_string (b->location),
10230 event_location_to_string (b->location_range_end));
10231 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10232 }
10233
10234 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10235
10236 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops;
10237
10238 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10239 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10240 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10241 last instruction of the given line. */
10242
10243 static CORE_ADDR
10244 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
10245 {
10246 CORE_ADDR end;
10247
10248 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10249 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10250 if (sal.explicit_pc)
10251 end = sal.pc;
10252 else
10253 {
10254 int ret;
10255 CORE_ADDR start;
10256
10257 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
10258 if (!ret)
10259 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10260
10261 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10262 end--;
10263 }
10264
10265 return end;
10266 }
10267
10268 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10269
10270 static void
10271 break_range_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10272 {
10273 char *arg_start, *addr_string_start, *addr_string_end;
10274 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
10275 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
10276 CORE_ADDR end;
10277 struct breakpoint *b;
10278 struct symtab_and_line sal_start, sal_end;
10279 struct cleanup *cleanup_bkpt;
10280 struct linespec_sals *lsal_start, *lsal_end;
10281 struct event_location *start_location, *end_location;
10282
10283 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10284 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10285 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10286
10287 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10288 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10289 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
10290 bp_count, 0);
10291 if (can_use_bp < 0)
10292 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10293
10294 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10295 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
10296 error(_("No address range specified."));
10297
10298 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10299
10300 arg_start = arg;
10301 start_location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
10302 cleanup_bkpt = make_cleanup_delete_event_location (start_location);
10303 parse_breakpoint_sals (start_location, &canonical_start);
10304 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10305
10306 if (arg[0] != ',')
10307 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10308 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals))
10309 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10310
10311 lsal_start = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals, 0);
10312
10313 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals) > 1
10314 || lsal_start->sals.nelts != 1)
10315 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10316
10317 sal_start = lsal_start->sals.sals[0];
10318 addr_string_start = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10319 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_start);
10320
10321 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
10322 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10323
10324 /* Parse the end location. */
10325
10326 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10327 arg_start = arg;
10328
10329 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10330 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10331 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10332 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10333 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10334 end_location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
10335 make_cleanup_delete_event_location (end_location);
10336 decode_line_full (end_location, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
10337 sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
10338 &canonical_end, NULL, NULL);
10339
10340 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10341
10342 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals))
10343 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10344
10345 lsal_end = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals, 0);
10346 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals) > 1
10347 || lsal_end->sals.nelts != 1)
10348 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10349
10350 sal_end = lsal_end->sals.sals[0];
10351
10352 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
10353 if (sal_start.pc > end)
10354 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10355
10356 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
10357 if (length < 0)
10358 /* Length overflowed. */
10359 error (_("Address range too large."));
10360 else if (length == 1)
10361 {
10362 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10363 the `hbreak' command. */
10364 hbreak_command (addr_string_start, 1);
10365
10366 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10367
10368 return;
10369 }
10370
10371 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10372 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
10373 bp_hardware_breakpoint, &ranged_breakpoint_ops);
10374 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
10375 b->number = breakpoint_count;
10376 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
10377 b->location = copy_event_location (start_location);
10378 b->location_range_end = copy_event_location (end_location);
10379 b->loc->length = length;
10380
10381 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10382
10383 mention (b);
10384 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
10385 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
10386 }
10387
10388 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10389 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10390 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10391 zero. */
10392
10393 static int
10394 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
10395 {
10396 int i = exp->nelts;
10397
10398 while (i > 0)
10399 {
10400 int oplenp, argsp;
10401
10402 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10403 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
10404 i -= oplenp;
10405
10406 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
10407 {
10408 case BINOP_ADD:
10409 case BINOP_SUB:
10410 case BINOP_MUL:
10411 case BINOP_DIV:
10412 case BINOP_REM:
10413 case BINOP_MOD:
10414 case BINOP_LSH:
10415 case BINOP_RSH:
10416 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
10417 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
10418 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
10419 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
10420 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
10421 case BINOP_EQUAL:
10422 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
10423 case BINOP_LESS:
10424 case BINOP_GTR:
10425 case BINOP_LEQ:
10426 case BINOP_GEQ:
10427 case BINOP_REPEAT:
10428 case BINOP_COMMA:
10429 case BINOP_EXP:
10430 case BINOP_MIN:
10431 case BINOP_MAX:
10432 case BINOP_INTDIV:
10433 case BINOP_CONCAT:
10434 case TERNOP_COND:
10435 case TERNOP_SLICE:
10436
10437 case OP_LONG:
10438 case OP_DOUBLE:
10439 case OP_DECFLOAT:
10440 case OP_LAST:
10441 case OP_COMPLEX:
10442 case OP_STRING:
10443 case OP_ARRAY:
10444 case OP_TYPE:
10445 case OP_TYPEOF:
10446 case OP_DECLTYPE:
10447 case OP_TYPEID:
10448 case OP_NAME:
10449 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
10450
10451 case UNOP_NEG:
10452 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
10453 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
10454 case UNOP_ADDR:
10455 case UNOP_HIGH:
10456 case UNOP_CAST:
10457
10458 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE:
10459 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST:
10460 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST:
10461 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10462 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10463 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10464 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10465
10466 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10467 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10468 ADDR is. */
10469 break;
10470
10471 case OP_VAR_VALUE:
10472 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10473
10474 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10475 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10476 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10477 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10478
10479 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10480 are always constant. */
10481 {
10482 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
10483
10484 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
10485 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
10486 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
10487 return 0;
10488 break;
10489 }
10490
10491 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10492 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10493 then it is not a constant. */
10494 default:
10495 return 0;
10496 }
10497 }
10498
10499 return 1;
10500 }
10501
10502 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10503
10504 static void
10505 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *self)
10506 {
10507 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) self;
10508
10509 xfree (w->cond_exp);
10510 xfree (w->exp);
10511 xfree (w->exp_string);
10512 xfree (w->exp_string_reparse);
10513 value_free (w->val);
10514
10515 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
10516 }
10517
10518 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10519
10520 static void
10521 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10522 {
10523 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10524
10525 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10526 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10527
10528 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10529 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10530 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10531 are loaded and unloaded.
10532
10533 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10534 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10535 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10536 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10537 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10538 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10539
10540 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10541 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10542 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10543 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10544
10545 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10546 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10547
10548 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10549 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10550 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
10551 }
10552
10553 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10554
10555 static int
10556 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10557 {
10558 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10559 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10560
10561 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10562 w->cond_exp);
10563 }
10564
10565 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10566
10567 static int
10568 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10569 {
10570 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10571 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10572
10573 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10574 w->cond_exp);
10575 }
10576
10577 static int
10578 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10579 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
10580 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10581 {
10582 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
10583 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10584
10585 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10586 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10587 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10588 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10589 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10590 (did not match the data address). */
10591 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
10592 && w->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
10593 return 0;
10594
10595 return 1;
10596 }
10597
10598 static void
10599 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10600 {
10601 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at));
10602
10603 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
10604 }
10605
10606 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10607 hardware watchpoints. */
10608
10609 static int
10610 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10611 {
10612 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10613 int length = w->exact? 1 : bl->length;
10614
10615 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
10616 }
10617
10618 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10619 hardware watchpoints. */
10620
10621 static int
10622 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10623 {
10624 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10625 return b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10626 }
10627
10628 static enum print_stop_action
10629 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10630 {
10631 struct cleanup *old_chain;
10632 struct breakpoint *b;
10633 struct ui_file *stb;
10634 enum print_stop_action result;
10635 struct watchpoint *w;
10636 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10637
10638 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
10639
10640 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10641 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10642
10643 stb = mem_fileopen ();
10644 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10645
10646 switch (b->type)
10647 {
10648 case bp_watchpoint:
10649 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10650 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10651 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10652 ui_out_field_string
10653 (uiout, "reason",
10654 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10655 mention (b);
10656 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10657 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10658 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10659 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10660 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10661 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10662 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10663 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10664 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10665 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10666 break;
10667
10668 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10669 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10670 ui_out_field_string
10671 (uiout, "reason",
10672 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10673 mention (b);
10674 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10675 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10676 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10677 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
10678 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10679 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10680 break;
10681
10682 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10683 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
10684 {
10685 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10686 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10687 ui_out_field_string
10688 (uiout, "reason",
10689 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10690 mention (b);
10691 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10692 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10693 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10694 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10695 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10696 }
10697 else
10698 {
10699 mention (b);
10700 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10701 ui_out_field_string
10702 (uiout, "reason",
10703 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10704 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10705 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10706 }
10707 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10708 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10709 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10710 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10711 break;
10712 default:
10713 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10714 }
10715
10716 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10717 return result;
10718 }
10719
10720 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10721 watchpoints. */
10722
10723 static void
10724 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10725 {
10726 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
10727 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10728 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10729
10730 switch (b->type)
10731 {
10732 case bp_watchpoint:
10733 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
10734 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10735 break;
10736 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10737 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
10738 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10739 break;
10740 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10741 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
10742 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
10743 break;
10744 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10745 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10746 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
10747 break;
10748 default:
10749 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10750 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10751 }
10752
10753 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
10754 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
10755 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
10756 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
10757 }
10758
10759 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10760 watchpoints. */
10761
10762 static void
10763 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10764 {
10765 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10766
10767 switch (b->type)
10768 {
10769 case bp_watchpoint:
10770 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10771 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10772 break;
10773 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10774 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10775 break;
10776 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10777 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10778 break;
10779 default:
10780 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10781 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10782 }
10783
10784 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", w->exp_string);
10785 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10786 }
10787
10788 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10789 watchpoints. */
10790
10791 static int
10792 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, enum gdb_signal sig)
10793 {
10794 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10795 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10796 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
10797 return 0;
10798
10799 return 1;
10800 }
10801
10802 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10803
10804 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10805
10806 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10807 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10808
10809 static int
10810 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10811 {
10812 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10813
10814 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10815 bl->watchpoint_type);
10816 }
10817
10818 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10819 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10820
10821 static int
10822 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10823 {
10824 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10825
10826 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10827 bl->watchpoint_type);
10828 }
10829
10830 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10831 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10832
10833 static int
10834 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10835 {
10836 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10837
10838 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask);
10839 }
10840
10841 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10842 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10843
10844 static int
10845 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10846 {
10847 return 0;
10848 }
10849
10850 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10851 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10852
10853 static enum print_stop_action
10854 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10855 {
10856 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10857 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10858
10859 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10860 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10861
10862 switch (b->type)
10863 {
10864 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10865 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10866 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10867 ui_out_field_string
10868 (uiout, "reason",
10869 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10870 break;
10871
10872 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10873 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10874 ui_out_field_string
10875 (uiout, "reason",
10876 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10877 break;
10878
10879 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10880 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10881 ui_out_field_string
10882 (uiout, "reason",
10883 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10884 break;
10885 default:
10886 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10887 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10888 }
10889
10890 mention (b);
10891 ui_out_text (uiout, _("\n\
10892 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10893 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10894 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10895
10896 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10897 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10898 }
10899
10900 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10901 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10902
10903 static void
10904 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10905 struct ui_out *uiout)
10906 {
10907 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10908
10909 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10910 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10911
10912 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmask ");
10913 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "mask", b->loc->gdbarch, w->hw_wp_mask);
10914 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10915 }
10916
10917 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10918 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10919
10920 static void
10921 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10922 {
10923 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10924 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10925 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
10926
10927 switch (b->type)
10928 {
10929 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10930 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10931 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10932 break;
10933 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10934 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10935 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
10936 break;
10937 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10938 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10939 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
10940 break;
10941 default:
10942 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10943 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10944 }
10945
10946 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
10947 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
10948 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
10949 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
10950 }
10951
10952 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10953 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10954
10955 static void
10956 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10957 {
10958 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10959 char tmp[40];
10960
10961 switch (b->type)
10962 {
10963 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10964 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10965 break;
10966 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10967 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10968 break;
10969 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10970 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10971 break;
10972 default:
10973 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10974 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10975 }
10976
10977 sprintf_vma (tmp, w->hw_wp_mask);
10978 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", w->exp_string, tmp);
10979 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10980 }
10981
10982 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10983
10984 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10985
10986 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10987
10988 static int
10989 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10990 {
10991 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10992 }
10993
10994 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10995 hw_read: watch read,
10996 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10997 static void
10998 watch_command_1 (const char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
10999 int just_location, int internal)
11000 {
11001 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
11002 struct expression *exp;
11003 const struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
11004 struct value *val, *mark, *result;
11005 int saved_bitpos = 0, saved_bitsize = 0;
11006 struct frame_info *frame;
11007 const char *exp_start = NULL;
11008 const char *exp_end = NULL;
11009 const char *tok, *end_tok;
11010 int toklen = -1;
11011 const char *cond_start = NULL;
11012 const char *cond_end = NULL;
11013 enum bptype bp_type;
11014 int thread = -1;
11015 int pc = 0;
11016 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
11017 the hardware watchpoint. */
11018 int use_mask = 0;
11019 CORE_ADDR mask = 0;
11020 struct watchpoint *w;
11021 char *expression;
11022 struct cleanup *back_to;
11023
11024 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
11025 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
11026 {
11027 const char *value_start;
11028
11029 exp_end = arg + strlen (arg);
11030
11031 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
11032 of the arguments string. */
11033 for (tok = exp_end - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
11034 {
11035 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
11036 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
11037 tok--;
11038
11039 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
11040 This is the value of the parameter. */
11041 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
11042 tok--;
11043 value_start = tok + 1;
11044
11045 /* Skip whitespace. */
11046 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
11047 tok--;
11048
11049 end_tok = tok;
11050
11051 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
11052 This is the parameter itself. */
11053 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
11054 tok--;
11055 tok++;
11056 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
11057
11058 if (toklen == 6 && startswith (tok, "thread"))
11059 {
11060 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
11061 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
11062 only in a specific thread. */
11063 char *endp;
11064
11065 if (thread != -1)
11066 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
11067
11068 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
11069 thread = strtol (value_start, &endp, 0);
11070
11071 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
11072 thread ID. */
11073 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
11074 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start);
11075
11076 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
11077 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
11078 invalid_thread_id_error (thread);
11079 }
11080 else if (toklen == 4 && startswith (tok, "mask"))
11081 {
11082 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
11083 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
11084 facility. */
11085 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
11086
11087 if (use_mask)
11088 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
11089
11090 use_mask = just_location = 1;
11091
11092 mark = value_mark ();
11093 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
11094 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
11095 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11096 }
11097 else
11098 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
11099 break;
11100
11101 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
11102 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
11103 exp_end = tok;
11104 }
11105 }
11106 else
11107 exp_end = arg;
11108
11109 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
11110 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
11111 ARG. */
11112 innermost_block = NULL;
11113 expression = savestring (arg, exp_end - arg);
11114 back_to = make_cleanup (xfree, expression);
11115 exp_start = arg = expression;
11116 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
11117 exp_end = arg;
11118 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
11119 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
11120 prettier. */
11121 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
11122 --exp_end;
11123
11124 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
11125 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp))
11126 {
11127 int len;
11128
11129 len = exp_end - exp_start;
11130 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
11131 len--;
11132 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
11133 }
11134
11135 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
11136 mark = value_mark ();
11137 fetch_subexp_value (exp, &pc, &val, &result, NULL, just_location);
11138
11139 if (val != NULL && just_location)
11140 {
11141 saved_bitpos = value_bitpos (val);
11142 saved_bitsize = value_bitsize (val);
11143 }
11144
11145 if (just_location)
11146 {
11147 int ret;
11148
11149 exp_valid_block = NULL;
11150 val = value_addr (result);
11151 release_value (val);
11152 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11153
11154 if (use_mask)
11155 {
11156 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val),
11157 mask);
11158 if (ret == -1)
11159 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
11160 else if (ret == -2)
11161 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
11162 }
11163 }
11164 else if (val != NULL)
11165 release_value (val);
11166
11167 tok = skip_spaces_const (arg);
11168 end_tok = skip_to_space_const (tok);
11169
11170 toklen = end_tok - tok;
11171 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
11172 {
11173 struct expression *cond;
11174
11175 innermost_block = NULL;
11176 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
11177 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0, 0);
11178
11179 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11180 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11181 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
11182
11183 xfree (cond);
11184 cond_end = tok;
11185 }
11186 if (*tok)
11187 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11188
11189 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
11190
11191 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11192 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11193 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11194 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11195 if (exp_valid_block && frame)
11196 {
11197 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
11198 {
11199 scope_breakpoint
11200 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11201 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame),
11202 bp_watchpoint_scope,
11203 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
11204
11205 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
11206
11207 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11208 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
11209
11210 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11211 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11212
11213 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11214 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch
11215 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
11216 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
11217 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11218 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
11219 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
11220 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
11221 scope_breakpoint->type);
11222 }
11223 }
11224
11225 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
11226 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
11227 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
11228 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
11229
11230 if (accessflag == hw_read)
11231 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
11232 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
11233 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
11234 else
11235 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
11236
11237 w = XCNEW (struct watchpoint);
11238 b = &w->base;
11239 if (use_mask)
11240 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11241 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11242 else
11243 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11244 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11245 b->thread = thread;
11246 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
11247 b->pspace = current_program_space;
11248 w->exp = exp;
11249 w->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
11250 w->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
11251 if (just_location)
11252 {
11253 struct type *t = value_type (val);
11254 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val);
11255 char *name;
11256
11257 t = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t)));
11258 name = type_to_string (t);
11259
11260 w->exp_string_reparse = xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name,
11261 core_addr_to_string (addr));
11262 xfree (name);
11263
11264 w->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11265 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
11266
11267 /* The above expression is in C. */
11268 b->language = language_c;
11269 }
11270 else
11271 w->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
11272
11273 if (use_mask)
11274 {
11275 w->hw_wp_mask = mask;
11276 }
11277 else
11278 {
11279 w->val = val;
11280 w->val_bitpos = saved_bitpos;
11281 w->val_bitsize = saved_bitsize;
11282 w->val_valid = 1;
11283 }
11284
11285 if (cond_start)
11286 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
11287 else
11288 b->cond_string = 0;
11289
11290 if (frame)
11291 {
11292 w->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
11293 w->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
11294 }
11295 else
11296 {
11297 w->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
11298 w->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
11299 }
11300
11301 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
11302 {
11303 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11304 need to act on them together. */
11305 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
11306 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
11307 }
11308
11309 if (!just_location)
11310 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11311
11312 TRY
11313 {
11314 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11315 that should be inserted. */
11316 update_watchpoint (w, 1);
11317 }
11318 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
11319 {
11320 delete_breakpoint (b);
11321 throw_exception (e);
11322 }
11323 END_CATCH
11324
11325 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 1);
11326 do_cleanups (back_to);
11327 }
11328
11329 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11330 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11331
11332 static int
11333 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
11334 {
11335 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
11336 struct value *head = v;
11337
11338 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11339 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
11340 return 0;
11341
11342 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11343 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11344 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11345 hardware watchpoint.
11346
11347 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11348 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11349 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11350 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11351 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11352 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11353 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11354 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11355 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11356
11357 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11358 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11359 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11360 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11361 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
11362 {
11363 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
11364 {
11365 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
11366 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11367 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11368 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11369 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11370 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11371 ;
11372 else
11373 {
11374 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11375 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11376 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
11377
11378 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11379 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11380 middle of some value chain. */
11381 if (v == head
11382 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11383 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
11384 {
11385 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
11386 int len;
11387 int num_regs;
11388
11389 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
11390 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
11391 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
11392
11393 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
11394 if (!num_regs)
11395 return 0;
11396 else
11397 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
11398 }
11399 }
11400 }
11401 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
11402 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
11403 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11404 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
11405 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11406 }
11407
11408 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11409 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11410 return found_memory_cnt;
11411 }
11412
11413 void
11414 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11415 {
11416 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
11417 }
11418
11419 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11420 calls watch_command_1. */
11421
11422 static void
11423 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
11424 {
11425 int just_location = 0;
11426
11427 if (arg
11428 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11429 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11430 {
11431 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11432 just_location = 1;
11433 }
11434
11435 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
11436 }
11437
11438 static void
11439 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11440 {
11441 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
11442 }
11443
11444 void
11445 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11446 {
11447 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
11448 }
11449
11450 static void
11451 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11452 {
11453 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
11454 }
11455
11456 void
11457 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11458 {
11459 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
11460 }
11461
11462 static void
11463 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11464 {
11465 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
11466 }
11467 \f
11468
11469 /* Data for the FSM that manages the until(location)/advance commands
11470 in infcmd.c. Here because it uses the mechanisms of
11471 breakpoints. */
11472
11473 struct until_break_fsm
11474 {
11475 /* The base class. */
11476 struct thread_fsm thread_fsm;
11477
11478 /* The thread that as current when the command was executed. */
11479 int thread;
11480
11481 /* The breakpoint set at the destination location. */
11482 struct breakpoint *location_breakpoint;
11483
11484 /* Breakpoint set at the return address in the caller frame. May be
11485 NULL. */
11486 struct breakpoint *caller_breakpoint;
11487 };
11488
11489 static void until_break_fsm_clean_up (struct thread_fsm *self);
11490 static int until_break_fsm_should_stop (struct thread_fsm *self);
11491 static enum async_reply_reason
11492 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason (struct thread_fsm *self);
11493
11494 /* until_break_fsm's vtable. */
11495
11496 static struct thread_fsm_ops until_break_fsm_ops =
11497 {
11498 NULL, /* dtor */
11499 until_break_fsm_clean_up,
11500 until_break_fsm_should_stop,
11501 NULL, /* return_value */
11502 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason,
11503 };
11504
11505 /* Allocate a new until_break_command_fsm. */
11506
11507 static struct until_break_fsm *
11508 new_until_break_fsm (int thread,
11509 struct breakpoint *location_breakpoint,
11510 struct breakpoint *caller_breakpoint)
11511 {
11512 struct until_break_fsm *sm;
11513
11514 sm = XCNEW (struct until_break_fsm);
11515 thread_fsm_ctor (&sm->thread_fsm, &until_break_fsm_ops);
11516
11517 sm->thread = thread;
11518 sm->location_breakpoint = location_breakpoint;
11519 sm->caller_breakpoint = caller_breakpoint;
11520
11521 return sm;
11522 }
11523
11524 /* Implementation of the 'should_stop' FSM method for the
11525 until(location)/advance commands. */
11526
11527 static int
11528 until_break_fsm_should_stop (struct thread_fsm *self)
11529 {
11530 struct until_break_fsm *sm = (struct until_break_fsm *) self;
11531 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
11532
11533 if (bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp->control.stop_bpstat,
11534 sm->location_breakpoint) != NULL
11535 || (sm->caller_breakpoint != NULL
11536 && bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp->control.stop_bpstat,
11537 sm->caller_breakpoint) != NULL))
11538 thread_fsm_set_finished (self);
11539
11540 return 1;
11541 }
11542
11543 /* Implementation of the 'clean_up' FSM method for the
11544 until(location)/advance commands. */
11545
11546 static void
11547 until_break_fsm_clean_up (struct thread_fsm *self)
11548 {
11549 struct until_break_fsm *sm = (struct until_break_fsm *) self;
11550
11551 /* Clean up our temporary breakpoints. */
11552 if (sm->location_breakpoint != NULL)
11553 {
11554 delete_breakpoint (sm->location_breakpoint);
11555 sm->location_breakpoint = NULL;
11556 }
11557 if (sm->caller_breakpoint != NULL)
11558 {
11559 delete_breakpoint (sm->caller_breakpoint);
11560 sm->caller_breakpoint = NULL;
11561 }
11562 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (sm->thread);
11563 }
11564
11565 /* Implementation of the 'async_reply_reason' FSM method for the
11566 until(location)/advance commands. */
11567
11568 static enum async_reply_reason
11569 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason (struct thread_fsm *self)
11570 {
11571 return EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED;
11572 }
11573
11574 void
11575 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
11576 {
11577 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11578 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11579 struct frame_info *frame;
11580 struct gdbarch *frame_gdbarch;
11581 struct frame_id stack_frame_id;
11582 struct frame_id caller_frame_id;
11583 struct breakpoint *location_breakpoint;
11584 struct breakpoint *caller_breakpoint = NULL;
11585 struct cleanup *old_chain, *cleanup;
11586 int thread;
11587 struct thread_info *tp;
11588 struct event_location *location;
11589 struct until_break_fsm *sm;
11590
11591 clear_proceed_status (0);
11592
11593 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11594 this function. */
11595
11596 location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
11597 cleanup = make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location);
11598
11599 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11600 sals = decode_line_1 (location, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11601 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11602 get_last_displayed_line ());
11603 else
11604 sals = decode_line_1 (location, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11605 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0);
11606
11607 if (sals.nelts != 1)
11608 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11609
11610 sal = sals.sals[0];
11611 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11612
11613 if (*arg)
11614 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11615
11616 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
11617
11618 tp = inferior_thread ();
11619 thread = tp->num;
11620
11621 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11622
11623 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11624 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11625 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11626 that. */
11627
11628 frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
11629 frame_gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
11630 stack_frame_id = get_stack_frame_id (frame);
11631 caller_frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11632
11633 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11634 one. */
11635
11636 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id))
11637 {
11638 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
11639 struct gdbarch *caller_gdbarch;
11640
11641 sal2 = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
11642 sal2.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11643 caller_gdbarch = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
11644 caller_breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (caller_gdbarch,
11645 sal2,
11646 caller_frame_id,
11647 bp_until);
11648 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (caller_breakpoint);
11649
11650 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, caller_frame_id);
11651 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup, &thread);
11652 }
11653
11654 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11655 frame = NULL;
11656
11657 if (anywhere)
11658 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11659 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11660 location_breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11661 null_frame_id, bp_until);
11662 else
11663 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11664 only at the very same frame. */
11665 location_breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11666 stack_frame_id, bp_until);
11667 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (location_breakpoint);
11668
11669 sm = new_until_break_fsm (tp->num, location_breakpoint, caller_breakpoint);
11670 tp->thread_fsm = &sm->thread_fsm;
11671
11672 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
11673
11674 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT);
11675
11676 do_cleanups (cleanup);
11677 }
11678
11679 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11680 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11681
11682 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11683 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11684 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11685 if clause in the arg string. */
11686
11687 char *
11688 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
11689 {
11690 char *cond_string;
11691
11692 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
11693 return NULL;
11694
11695 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11696 (*arg) += 2;
11697
11698 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11699 condition string. */
11700 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
11701 cond_string = *arg;
11702
11703 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11704 string. */
11705 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
11706
11707 return cond_string;
11708 }
11709
11710 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11711 process start/exit, etc. */
11712
11713 typedef enum
11714 {
11715 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
11716 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
11717 }
11718 catch_fork_kind;
11719
11720 static void
11721 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11722 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11723 {
11724 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11725 char *cond_string = NULL;
11726 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
11727 int tempflag;
11728
11729 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
11730 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
11731 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
11732
11733 if (!arg)
11734 arg = "";
11735 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11736
11737 /* The allowed syntax is:
11738 catch [v]fork
11739 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11740
11741 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11742 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11743
11744 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11745 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11746
11747 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11748 and enable reporting of such events. */
11749 switch (fork_kind)
11750 {
11751 case catch_fork_temporary:
11752 case catch_fork_permanent:
11753 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11754 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
11755 break;
11756 case catch_vfork_temporary:
11757 case catch_vfork_permanent:
11758 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11759 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
11760 break;
11761 default:
11762 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11763 break;
11764 }
11765 }
11766
11767 static void
11768 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11769 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11770 {
11771 struct exec_catchpoint *c;
11772 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11773 int tempflag;
11774 char *cond_string = NULL;
11775
11776 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11777
11778 if (!arg)
11779 arg = "";
11780 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11781
11782 /* The allowed syntax is:
11783 catch exec
11784 catch exec if <cond>
11785
11786 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11787 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11788
11789 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11790 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11791
11792 c = XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint);
11793 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11794 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
11795 c->exec_pathname = NULL;
11796
11797 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
11798 }
11799
11800 void
11801 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11802 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11803 struct symtab_and_line sal,
11804 char *addr_string,
11805 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
11806 int tempflag,
11807 int enabled,
11808 int from_tty)
11809 {
11810 if (from_tty)
11811 {
11812 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
11813 if (!loc_gdbarch)
11814 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
11815
11816 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
11817 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
11818 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11819 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11820 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11821 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11822 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11823 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11824 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11825 enough for now, though. */
11826 }
11827
11828 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint, ops);
11829
11830 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
11831 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
11832 b->location = string_to_event_location (&addr_string,
11833 language_def (language_ada));
11834 b->language = language_ada;
11835 }
11836
11837 static void
11838 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11839 {
11840 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11841 }
11842 \f
11843
11844 static void
11845 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11846 {
11847 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11848 }
11849
11850 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11851
11852 static int
11853 compare_breakpoints (const void *a, const void *b)
11854 {
11855 const breakpoint_p *ba = a;
11856 uintptr_t ua = (uintptr_t) *ba;
11857 const breakpoint_p *bb = b;
11858 uintptr_t ub = (uintptr_t) *bb;
11859
11860 if ((*ba)->number < (*bb)->number)
11861 return -1;
11862 else if ((*ba)->number > (*bb)->number)
11863 return 1;
11864
11865 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11866 the number 0. */
11867 if (ua < ub)
11868 return -1;
11869 return ua > ub ? 1 : 0;
11870 }
11871
11872 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11873
11874 static void
11875 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11876 {
11877 struct breakpoint *b, *prev;
11878 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
11879 int ix;
11880 int default_match;
11881 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11882 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11883 int i;
11884 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11885
11886 if (arg)
11887 {
11888 sals = decode_line_with_current_source (arg,
11889 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11890 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE));
11891 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
11892 default_match = 0;
11893 }
11894 else
11895 {
11896 sals.sals = XNEW (struct symtab_and_line);
11897 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
11898 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
11899
11900 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11901 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11902 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11903 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
11904 if (sal.symtab == 0)
11905 error (_("No source file specified."));
11906
11907 sals.sals[0] = sal;
11908 sals.nelts = 1;
11909
11910 default_match = 1;
11911 }
11912
11913 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11914 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11915 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11916 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11917
11918 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11919 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11920 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11921 due to optimization, all in one block.
11922
11923 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11924 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11925 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11926 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11927 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11928 to support that. */
11929
11930 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11931 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11932 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11933 breakpoint. */
11934
11935 found = NULL;
11936 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p), &found);
11937 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
11938 {
11939 const char *sal_fullname;
11940
11941 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11942 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11943 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11944 or at default pc.
11945
11946 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11947
11948 0 1 pc
11949 1 1 pc _and_ line
11950 0 0 line
11951 1 0 <can't happen> */
11952
11953 sal = sals.sals[i];
11954 sal_fullname = (sal.symtab == NULL
11955 ? NULL : symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab));
11956
11957 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11958 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11959 {
11960 int match = 0;
11961 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11962 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
11963 {
11964 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
11965 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
11966 {
11967 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11968 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11969 int pc_match = (!sal.explicit_line
11970 && sal.pc
11971 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
11972 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
11973 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
11974 || loc->section == sal.section));
11975 int line_match = 0;
11976
11977 if ((default_match || sal.explicit_line)
11978 && loc->symtab != NULL
11979 && sal_fullname != NULL
11980 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
11981 && loc->line_number == sal.line
11982 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab),
11983 sal_fullname) == 0)
11984 line_match = 1;
11985
11986 if (pc_match || line_match)
11987 {
11988 match = 1;
11989 break;
11990 }
11991 }
11992 }
11993
11994 if (match)
11995 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
11996 }
11997 }
11998
11999 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
12000 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
12001 {
12002 if (arg)
12003 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
12004 else
12005 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
12006 }
12007
12008 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
12009 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p, found),
12010 VEC_length (breakpoint_p, found),
12011 sizeof (breakpoint_p),
12012 compare_breakpoints);
12013 prev = VEC_index (breakpoint_p, found, 0);
12014 for (ix = 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ++ix)
12015 {
12016 if (b == prev)
12017 {
12018 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p, found, ix);
12019 --ix;
12020 }
12021 }
12022
12023 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
12024 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
12025 if (from_tty)
12026 {
12027 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
12028 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
12029 else
12030 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
12031 }
12032
12033 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
12034 {
12035 if (from_tty)
12036 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
12037 delete_breakpoint (b);
12038 }
12039 if (from_tty)
12040 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
12041
12042 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12043 }
12044 \f
12045 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
12046 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
12047 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
12048
12049 void
12050 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
12051 {
12052 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
12053
12054 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
12055 if (bs->breakpoint_at
12056 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
12057 && bs->stop)
12058 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
12059
12060 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
12061 {
12062 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
12063 delete_breakpoint (b);
12064 }
12065 }
12066
12067 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
12068 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
12069 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
12070 secondarily by ordering first permanent elements and
12071 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
12072 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
12073
12074 static int
12075 bp_location_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
12076 {
12077 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
12078 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
12079
12080 if (a->address != b->address)
12081 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
12082
12083 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
12084 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
12085 grouped. */
12086
12087 if (a->pspace->num != b->pspace->num)
12088 return ((a->pspace->num > b->pspace->num)
12089 - (a->pspace->num < b->pspace->num));
12090
12091 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12092 if (a->permanent != b->permanent)
12093 return (a->permanent < b->permanent) - (a->permanent > b->permanent);
12094
12095 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12096 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12097 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12098
12099 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
12100 return ((a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
12101 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number));
12102
12103 return (a > b) - (a < b);
12104 }
12105
12106 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
12107 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12108 content of the bp_location array. */
12109
12110 static void
12111 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
12112 {
12113 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
12114
12115 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
12116 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
12117
12118 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
12119 {
12120 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
12121
12122 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
12123 continue;
12124
12125 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
12126 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
12127
12128 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
12129 addr = bl->address - start;
12130 if (addr > bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
12131 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
12132
12133 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12134
12135 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
12136 addr = end - bl->address;
12137 if (addr > bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max)
12138 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
12139 }
12140 }
12141
12142 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12143
12144 static void
12145 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12146 {
12147 struct breakpoint *b;
12148 struct cleanup *old_chain;
12149 enum tribool can_download_tracepoint = TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN;
12150
12151 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
12152
12153 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
12154 {
12155 struct bp_location *bl;
12156 struct tracepoint *t;
12157 int bp_location_downloaded = 0;
12158
12159 if ((b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
12160 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12161 : !may_insert_tracepoints))
12162 continue;
12163
12164 if (can_download_tracepoint == TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN)
12165 {
12166 if (target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12167 can_download_tracepoint = TRIBOOL_TRUE;
12168 else
12169 can_download_tracepoint = TRIBOOL_FALSE;
12170 }
12171
12172 if (can_download_tracepoint == TRIBOOL_FALSE)
12173 break;
12174
12175 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
12176 {
12177 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12178 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12179 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12180 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
12181 continue;
12182
12183 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
12184
12185 target_download_tracepoint (bl);
12186
12187 bl->inserted = 1;
12188 bp_location_downloaded = 1;
12189 }
12190 t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
12191 t->number_on_target = b->number;
12192 if (bp_location_downloaded)
12193 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
12194 }
12195
12196 do_cleanups (old_chain);
12197 }
12198
12199 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12200
12201 static void
12202 swap_insertion (struct bp_location *left, struct bp_location *right)
12203 {
12204 const int left_inserted = left->inserted;
12205 const int left_duplicate = left->duplicate;
12206 const int left_needs_update = left->needs_update;
12207 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info = left->target_info;
12208
12209 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12210 if (is_tracepoint (left->owner))
12211 gdb_assert (!left->duplicate);
12212 if (is_tracepoint (right->owner))
12213 gdb_assert (!right->duplicate);
12214
12215 left->inserted = right->inserted;
12216 left->duplicate = right->duplicate;
12217 left->needs_update = right->needs_update;
12218 left->target_info = right->target_info;
12219 right->inserted = left_inserted;
12220 right->duplicate = left_duplicate;
12221 right->needs_update = left_needs_update;
12222 right->target_info = left_target_info;
12223 }
12224
12225 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12226 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12227 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12228 the target. */
12229
12230 static void
12231 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location *bl)
12232 {
12233 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
12234 struct bp_location *loc;
12235 CORE_ADDR address = 0;
12236 int pspace_num;
12237
12238 address = bl->address;
12239 pspace_num = bl->pspace->num;
12240
12241 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12242 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12243 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12244 side. */
12245 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12246 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12247 return;
12248
12249 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12250 the same program space as the location
12251 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12252 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12253 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, address)
12254 {
12255 loc = *loc2p;
12256
12257 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
12258 || pspace_num != loc->pspace->num)
12259 continue;
12260
12261 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12262 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12263 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12264 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12265 that have already been marked. */
12266 loc->condition_changed = condition_updated;
12267
12268 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12269 it later on. */
12270 if (loc->cond_bytecode)
12271 {
12272 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
12273 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
12274 }
12275 }
12276 }
12277 /* Called whether new breakpoints are created, or existing breakpoints
12278 deleted, to update the global location list and recompute which
12279 locations are duplicate of which.
12280
12281 The INSERT_MODE flag determines whether locations may not, may, or
12282 shall be inserted now. See 'enum ugll_insert_mode' for more
12283 info. */
12284
12285 static void
12286 update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode)
12287 {
12288 struct breakpoint *b;
12289 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
12290 struct cleanup *cleanups;
12291 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12292 CORE_ADDR last_addr = 0;
12293 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12294 int last_pspace_num = -1;
12295
12296 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12297 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12298 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12299 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12300 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12301 once. */
12302 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
12303 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
12304 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
12305 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
12306
12307 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12308 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12309 struct bp_location **old_location, **old_locp;
12310 unsigned old_location_count;
12311
12312 old_location = bp_location;
12313 old_location_count = bp_location_count;
12314 bp_location = NULL;
12315 bp_location_count = 0;
12316 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, old_location);
12317
12318 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12319 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12320 bp_location_count++;
12321
12322 bp_location = XNEWVEC (struct bp_location *, bp_location_count);
12323 locp = bp_location;
12324 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12325 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12326 *locp++ = loc;
12327 qsort (bp_location, bp_location_count, sizeof (*bp_location),
12328 bp_location_compare);
12329
12330 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12331
12332 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12333 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12334 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12335 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12336 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12337 location.
12338
12339 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12340 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12341
12342 locp = bp_location;
12343 for (old_locp = old_location; old_locp < old_location + old_location_count;
12344 old_locp++)
12345 {
12346 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
12347 struct bp_location **loc2p;
12348
12349 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12350 not, we have to free it. */
12351 int found_object = 0;
12352 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12353 int keep_in_target = 0;
12354 int removed = 0;
12355
12356 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12357 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12358 while (locp < bp_location + bp_location_count
12359 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
12360 locp++;
12361
12362 for (loc2p = locp;
12363 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12364 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12365 loc2p++)
12366 {
12367 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12368 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12369 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12370 place there. */
12371 if ((*loc2p)->condition_changed == condition_modified
12372 && (last_addr != old_loc->address
12373 || last_pspace_num != old_loc->pspace->num))
12374 {
12375 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p);
12376 last_pspace_num = old_loc->pspace->num;
12377 }
12378
12379 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
12380 found_object = 1;
12381 }
12382
12383 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12384 have to go through updates again. */
12385 last_addr = old_loc->address;
12386
12387 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12388 if (!found_object)
12389 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc);
12390
12391 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12392 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12393 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12394 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12395 at certain location is not inserted. */
12396
12397 if (old_loc->inserted)
12398 {
12399 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12400 it. */
12401
12402 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
12403 {
12404 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12405 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12406 keep_in_target = 1;
12407 }
12408 else
12409 {
12410 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12411 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12412 remove its target-side condition. */
12413
12414 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12415 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12416 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12417 this one from the target. */
12418
12419 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12420 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
12421 {
12422 for (loc2p = locp;
12423 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12424 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12425 loc2p++)
12426 {
12427 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
12428
12429 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
12430 {
12431 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12432 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12433 supported, but the latter are. */
12434 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12435 {
12436 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
12437 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
12438 }
12439
12440 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12441 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12442 unduplicated. */
12443 if (loc2 != old_loc
12444 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2))
12445 {
12446 swap_insertion (old_loc, loc2);
12447 keep_in_target = 1;
12448 break;
12449 }
12450 }
12451 }
12452 }
12453 }
12454
12455 if (!keep_in_target)
12456 {
12457 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc, mark_uninserted))
12458 {
12459 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12460 this location on the global list, and try to
12461 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12462 reason why we will succeed next time.
12463
12464 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12465 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12466 only after calling us. */
12467 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12468 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12469 old_loc->owner->number);
12470 }
12471 removed = 1;
12472 }
12473 }
12474
12475 if (!found_object)
12476 {
12477 if (removed && target_is_non_stop_p ()
12478 && need_moribund_for_location_type (old_loc))
12479 {
12480 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12481 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12482 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12483 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12484 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12485 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12486 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12487 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12488 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12489 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12490 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12491 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12492 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12493 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12494 SIGTRAP.
12495
12496 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12497 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12498
12499 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12500 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12501 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12502 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12503 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12504 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12505 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12506 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12507 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12508 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12509 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12510 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12511 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12512 thread_count.
12513
12514 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12515 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12516 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12517 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12518
12519 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12520 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12521 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12522 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12523 traps we can no longer explain. */
12524
12525 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12526 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12527
12528 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
12529 }
12530 else
12531 {
12532 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12533 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
12534 }
12535 }
12536 }
12537
12538 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12539 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12540 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12541 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12542 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12543 are sorted first for the same address.
12544
12545 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12546 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12547
12548 bp_loc_first = NULL;
12549 wp_loc_first = NULL;
12550 awp_loc_first = NULL;
12551 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
12552 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
12553 {
12554 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12555 non-NULL. */
12556 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
12557 b = loc->owner;
12558
12559 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc)
12560 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
12561 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12562 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12563 `struct bp_location'. */
12564 || is_tracepoint (b))
12565 {
12566 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12567 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12568 continue;
12569 }
12570
12571 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
12572 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
12573 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
12574 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
12575 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
12576 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
12577 else
12578 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
12579
12580 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
12581 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
12582 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
12583 {
12584 *loc_first_p = loc;
12585 loc->duplicate = 0;
12586
12587 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->condition_changed)
12588 {
12589 loc->needs_update = 1;
12590 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12591 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12592 }
12593 continue;
12594 }
12595
12596
12597 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12598 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12599 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12600 if (loc->inserted)
12601 swap_insertion (loc, *loc_first_p);
12602 loc->duplicate = 1;
12603
12604 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12605 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12606 }
12607
12608 if (insert_mode == UGLL_INSERT || breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now ())
12609 {
12610 if (insert_mode != UGLL_DONT_INSERT)
12611 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12612 else
12613 {
12614 /* Even though the caller told us to not insert new
12615 locations, we may still need to update conditions on the
12616 target's side of breakpoints that were already inserted
12617 if the target is evaluating breakpoint conditions. We
12618 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12619 "needs_update". */
12620 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12621 }
12622 }
12623
12624 if (insert_mode != UGLL_DONT_INSERT)
12625 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12626
12627 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12628 }
12629
12630 void
12631 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12632 {
12633 struct bp_location *loc;
12634 int ix;
12635
12636 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
12637 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
12638 {
12639 decref_bp_location (&loc);
12640 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
12641 --ix;
12642 }
12643 }
12644
12645 static void
12646 update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode)
12647 {
12648
12649 TRY
12650 {
12651 update_global_location_list (insert_mode);
12652 }
12653 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
12654 {
12655 }
12656 END_CATCH
12657 }
12658
12659 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12660
12661 static void
12662 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
12663 {
12664 bpstat bs;
12665
12666 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
12667 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
12668 {
12669 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
12670 bs->old_val = NULL;
12671 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12672 }
12673 }
12674
12675 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12676 static int
12677 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
12678 {
12679 struct breakpoint *bpt = data;
12680
12681 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
12682 return 0;
12683 }
12684
12685 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12686 callbacks. */
12687
12688 static void
12689 say_where (struct breakpoint *b)
12690 {
12691 struct value_print_options opts;
12692
12693 get_user_print_options (&opts);
12694
12695 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12696 single string. */
12697 if (b->loc == NULL)
12698 {
12699 /* For pending locations, the output differs slightly based
12700 on b->extra_string. If this is non-NULL, it contains either
12701 a condition or dprintf arguments. */
12702 if (b->extra_string == NULL)
12703 {
12704 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."),
12705 event_location_to_string (b->location));
12706 }
12707 else if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
12708 {
12709 printf_filtered (_(" (%s,%s) pending."),
12710 event_location_to_string (b->location),
12711 b->extra_string);
12712 }
12713 else
12714 {
12715 printf_filtered (_(" (%s %s) pending."),
12716 event_location_to_string (b->location),
12717 b->extra_string);
12718 }
12719 }
12720 else
12721 {
12722 if (opts.addressprint || b->loc->symtab == NULL)
12723 {
12724 printf_filtered (" at ");
12725 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
12726 gdb_stdout);
12727 }
12728 if (b->loc->symtab != NULL)
12729 {
12730 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12731 more nicely. */
12732 if (b->loc->next == NULL)
12733 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12734 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b->loc->symtab),
12735 b->loc->line_number);
12736 else
12737 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12738 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12739 real situation somewhat. */
12740 printf_filtered (": %s.",
12741 event_location_to_string (b->location));
12742 }
12743
12744 if (b->loc->next)
12745 {
12746 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
12747 int n = 0;
12748 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
12749 ++n;
12750 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
12751 }
12752 }
12753 }
12754
12755 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12756
12757 static void
12758 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location *self)
12759 {
12760 xfree (self->cond);
12761 if (self->cond_bytecode)
12762 free_agent_expr (self->cond_bytecode);
12763 xfree (self->function_name);
12764
12765 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, self->target_info.conditions);
12766 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, self->target_info.tcommands);
12767 }
12768
12769 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops =
12770 {
12771 bp_location_dtor
12772 };
12773
12774 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12775 inherit from. */
12776
12777 static void
12778 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
12779 {
12780 decref_counted_command_line (&self->commands);
12781 xfree (self->cond_string);
12782 xfree (self->extra_string);
12783 xfree (self->filter);
12784 delete_event_location (self->location);
12785 delete_event_location (self->location_range_end);
12786 }
12787
12788 static struct bp_location *
12789 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint *self)
12790 {
12791 struct bp_location *loc;
12792
12793 loc = XNEW (struct bp_location);
12794 init_bp_location (loc, &bp_location_ops, self);
12795 return loc;
12796 }
12797
12798 static void
12799 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12800 {
12801 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12802 }
12803
12804 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12805 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12806
12807 static int
12808 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12809 {
12810 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12811 }
12812
12813 static int
12814 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12815 {
12816 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12817 }
12818
12819 static int
12820 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12821 struct address_space *aspace,
12822 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12823 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12824 {
12825 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12826 }
12827
12828 static void
12829 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs)
12830 {
12831 /* Always stop. */
12832 }
12833
12834 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12835 errors. */
12836
12837 static int
12838 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint *b)
12839 {
12840 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12841 }
12842
12843 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12844 errors. */
12845
12846 static int
12847 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12848 {
12849 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12850 }
12851
12852 static enum print_stop_action
12853 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs)
12854 {
12855 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12856 }
12857
12858 static void
12859 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
12860 struct ui_out *uiout)
12861 {
12862 /* nothing */
12863 }
12864
12865 static void
12866 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12867 {
12868 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12869 }
12870
12871 static void
12872 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
12873 {
12874 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12875 }
12876
12877 static void
12878 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
12879 (const struct event_location *location,
12880 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12881 enum bptype type_wanted)
12882 {
12883 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12884 }
12885
12886 static void
12887 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12888 struct linespec_result *c,
12889 char *cond_string,
12890 char *extra_string,
12891 enum bptype type_wanted,
12892 enum bpdisp disposition,
12893 int thread,
12894 int task, int ignore_count,
12895 const struct breakpoint_ops *o,
12896 int from_tty, int enabled,
12897 int internal, unsigned flags)
12898 {
12899 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12900 }
12901
12902 static void
12903 base_breakpoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
12904 const struct event_location *location,
12905 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
12906 {
12907 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12908 }
12909
12910 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12911
12912 static int
12913 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint *b, enum gdb_signal sig)
12914 {
12915 return 1;
12916 }
12917
12918 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
12919
12920 static void
12921 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats *bs)
12922 {
12923 /* Nothing to do. */
12924 }
12925
12926 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops =
12927 {
12928 base_breakpoint_dtor,
12929 base_breakpoint_allocate_location,
12930 base_breakpoint_re_set,
12931 base_breakpoint_insert_location,
12932 base_breakpoint_remove_location,
12933 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit,
12934 base_breakpoint_check_status,
12935 base_breakpoint_resources_needed,
12936 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode,
12937 base_breakpoint_print_it,
12938 NULL,
12939 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail,
12940 base_breakpoint_print_mention,
12941 base_breakpoint_print_recreate,
12942 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location,
12943 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal,
12944 base_breakpoint_decode_location,
12945 base_breakpoint_explains_signal,
12946 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true,
12947 };
12948
12949 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12950
12951 static void
12952 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12953 {
12954 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12955 if (event_location_empty_p (b->location))
12956 {
12957 /* Anything without a location can't be re-set. */
12958 delete_breakpoint (b);
12959 return;
12960 }
12961
12962 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
12963 }
12964
12965 static int
12966 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12967 {
12968 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12969 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12970 else
12971 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12972 }
12973
12974 static int
12975 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12976 {
12977 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12978 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12979 else
12980 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12981 }
12982
12983 static int
12984 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12985 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12986 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12987 {
12988 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12989 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
12990 return 0;
12991
12992 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
12993 aspace, bp_addr))
12994 return 0;
12995
12996 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
12997 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
12998 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
12999 return 0;
13000
13001 return 1;
13002 }
13003
13004 static int
13005 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13006 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13007 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13008 {
13009 if (dprintf_style == dprintf_style_agent
13010 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
13011 {
13012 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
13013 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
13014 be set at the same address. */
13015 return 0;
13016 }
13017
13018 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
13019 }
13020
13021 static int
13022 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
13023 {
13024 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
13025
13026 return 1;
13027 }
13028
13029 static enum print_stop_action
13030 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13031 {
13032 struct breakpoint *b;
13033 const struct bp_location *bl;
13034 int bp_temp;
13035 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13036
13037 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
13038
13039 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
13040 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13041
13042 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
13043 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
13044 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
13045 bl->address,
13046 b->number, 1);
13047 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
13048 if (bp_temp)
13049 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
13050 else
13051 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
13052 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13053 {
13054 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
13055 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
13056 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
13057 }
13058 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
13059 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
13060
13061 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
13062 }
13063
13064 static void
13065 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13066 {
13067 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13068 return;
13069
13070 switch (b->type)
13071 {
13072 case bp_breakpoint:
13073 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
13074 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
13075 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
13076 else
13077 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
13078 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13079 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
13080 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
13081 break;
13082 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
13083 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
13084 break;
13085 case bp_dprintf:
13086 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b->number);
13087 break;
13088 }
13089
13090 say_where (b);
13091 }
13092
13093 static void
13094 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
13095 {
13096 if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
13097 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
13098 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
13099 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
13100 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
13101 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
13102 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
13103 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
13104 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
13105 else
13106 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13107 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
13108
13109 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s",
13110 event_location_to_string (tp->location));
13111
13112 /* Print out extra_string if this breakpoint is pending. It might
13113 contain, for example, conditions that were set by the user. */
13114 if (tp->loc == NULL && tp->extra_string != NULL)
13115 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->extra_string);
13116
13117 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
13118 }
13119
13120 static void
13121 bkpt_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location *location,
13122 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13123 enum bptype type_wanted)
13124 {
13125 create_sals_from_location_default (location, canonical, type_wanted);
13126 }
13127
13128 static void
13129 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13130 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13131 char *cond_string,
13132 char *extra_string,
13133 enum bptype type_wanted,
13134 enum bpdisp disposition,
13135 int thread,
13136 int task, int ignore_count,
13137 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13138 int from_tty, int enabled,
13139 int internal, unsigned flags)
13140 {
13141 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical,
13142 cond_string, extra_string,
13143 type_wanted,
13144 disposition, thread, task,
13145 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13146 enabled, internal, flags);
13147 }
13148
13149 static void
13150 bkpt_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
13151 const struct event_location *location,
13152 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13153 {
13154 decode_location_default (b, location, sals);
13155 }
13156
13157 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13158
13159 static void
13160 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13161 {
13162 switch (b->type)
13163 {
13164 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13165 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13166 case bp_overlay_event:
13167 case bp_longjmp_master:
13168 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13169 case bp_exception_master:
13170 delete_breakpoint (b);
13171 break;
13172
13173 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13174 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13175 case bp_shlib_event:
13176
13177 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13178 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13179 case bp_thread_event:
13180 break;
13181 }
13182 }
13183
13184 static void
13185 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13186 {
13187 if (bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
13188 {
13189 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13190 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13191 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13192 objects (among other things). */
13193 bs->stop = stop_on_solib_events;
13194 bs->print = stop_on_solib_events;
13195 }
13196 else
13197 bs->stop = 0;
13198 }
13199
13200 static enum print_stop_action
13201 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13202 {
13203 struct breakpoint *b;
13204
13205 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13206
13207 switch (b->type)
13208 {
13209 case bp_shlib_event:
13210 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13211 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13212 to shlib event" message.) */
13213 print_solib_event (0);
13214 break;
13215
13216 case bp_thread_event:
13217 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13218 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13219 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13220 break;
13221
13222 case bp_overlay_event:
13223 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13224 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13225 break;
13226
13227 case bp_longjmp_master:
13228 /* These should never be enabled. */
13229 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13230 break;
13231
13232 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13233 /* These should never be enabled. */
13234 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13235 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13236 break;
13237
13238 case bp_exception_master:
13239 /* These should never be enabled. */
13240 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13241 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13242 break;
13243 }
13244
13245 return PRINT_NOTHING;
13246 }
13247
13248 static void
13249 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13250 {
13251 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13252 }
13253
13254 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13255
13256 static void
13257 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13258 {
13259 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13260 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
13261 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13262 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13263 }
13264
13265 static void
13266 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13267 {
13268 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13269 }
13270
13271 static enum print_stop_action
13272 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13273 {
13274 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
13275 }
13276
13277 static void
13278 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13279 {
13280 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13281 }
13282
13283 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13284
13285 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13286 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13287
13288 static void
13289 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
13290 {
13291 struct thread_info *tp = find_thread_id (self->thread);
13292
13293 if (tp)
13294 tp->initiating_frame = null_frame_id;
13295
13296 momentary_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
13297 }
13298
13299 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13300
13301 static int
13302 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13303 {
13304 int v = bkpt_insert_location (bl);
13305
13306 if (v == 0)
13307 {
13308 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13309 if needed. */
13310 if (bl->probe.probe->pops->set_semaphore != NULL)
13311 bl->probe.probe->pops->set_semaphore (bl->probe.probe,
13312 bl->probe.objfile,
13313 bl->gdbarch);
13314 }
13315
13316 return v;
13317 }
13318
13319 static int
13320 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13321 {
13322 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13323 if (bl->probe.probe->pops->clear_semaphore != NULL)
13324 bl->probe.probe->pops->clear_semaphore (bl->probe.probe,
13325 bl->probe.objfile,
13326 bl->gdbarch);
13327
13328 return bkpt_remove_location (bl);
13329 }
13330
13331 static void
13332 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location *location,
13333 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13334 enum bptype type_wanted)
13335 {
13336 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13337
13338 lsal.sals = parse_probes (location, canonical);
13339 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical->location));
13340 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13341 }
13342
13343 static void
13344 bkpt_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
13345 const struct event_location *location,
13346 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13347 {
13348 *sals = parse_probes (location, NULL);
13349 if (!sals->sals)
13350 error (_("probe not found"));
13351 }
13352
13353 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13354
13355 static void
13356 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13357 {
13358 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13359 }
13360
13361 static int
13362 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13363 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13364 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13365 {
13366 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13367 tracepoints. */
13368 return 0;
13369 }
13370
13371 static void
13372 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
13373 struct ui_out *uiout)
13374 {
13375 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13376 if (tp->static_trace_marker_id)
13377 {
13378 gdb_assert (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
13379
13380 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmarker id is ");
13381 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13382 tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13383 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
13384 }
13385 }
13386
13387 static void
13388 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13389 {
13390 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13391 return;
13392
13393 switch (b->type)
13394 {
13395 case bp_tracepoint:
13396 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13397 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13398 break;
13399 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
13400 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13401 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13402 break;
13403 case bp_static_tracepoint:
13404 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13405 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13406 break;
13407 default:
13408 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13409 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b->type);
13410 }
13411
13412 say_where (b);
13413 }
13414
13415 static void
13416 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *self, struct ui_file *fp)
13417 {
13418 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13419
13420 if (self->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
13421 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
13422 if (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
13423 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
13424 else if (self->type == bp_tracepoint)
13425 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
13426 else
13427 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13428 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self->type);
13429
13430 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s",
13431 event_location_to_string (self->location));
13432 print_recreate_thread (self, fp);
13433
13434 if (tp->pass_count)
13435 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
13436 }
13437
13438 static void
13439 tracepoint_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location *location,
13440 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13441 enum bptype type_wanted)
13442 {
13443 create_sals_from_location_default (location, canonical, type_wanted);
13444 }
13445
13446 static void
13447 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13448 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13449 char *cond_string,
13450 char *extra_string,
13451 enum bptype type_wanted,
13452 enum bpdisp disposition,
13453 int thread,
13454 int task, int ignore_count,
13455 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13456 int from_tty, int enabled,
13457 int internal, unsigned flags)
13458 {
13459 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical,
13460 cond_string, extra_string,
13461 type_wanted,
13462 disposition, thread, task,
13463 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13464 enabled, internal, flags);
13465 }
13466
13467 static void
13468 tracepoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
13469 const struct event_location *location,
13470 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13471 {
13472 decode_location_default (b, location, sals);
13473 }
13474
13475 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
13476
13477 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13478 static probe. */
13479
13480 static void
13481 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
13482 (const struct event_location *location,
13483 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13484 enum bptype type_wanted)
13485 {
13486 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13487 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (location, canonical, type_wanted);
13488 }
13489
13490 static void
13491 tracepoint_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
13492 const struct event_location *location,
13493 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13494 {
13495 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13496 bkpt_probe_decode_location (b, location, sals);
13497 }
13498
13499 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
13500
13501 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
13502
13503 static void
13504 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13505 {
13506 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13507
13508 /* extra_string should never be non-NULL for dprintf. */
13509 gdb_assert (b->extra_string != NULL);
13510
13511 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
13512 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13513 3 - disconnect from target 1
13514 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13515
13516 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13517 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13518 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13519 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13520 it all the time. */
13521 if (b->extra_string != NULL)
13522 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
13523 }
13524
13525 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13526
13527 static void
13528 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
13529 {
13530 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "dprintf %s,%s",
13531 event_location_to_string (tp->location),
13532 tp->extra_string);
13533 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
13534 }
13535
13536 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
13537 dprintf.
13538
13539 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
13540 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13541 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13542 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13543 address are all handled. */
13544
13545 static void
13546 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats *bs)
13547 {
13548 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13549 struct bpstats tmp_bs = { NULL };
13550 struct bpstats *tmp_bs_p = &tmp_bs;
13551
13552 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13553 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13554 condition not be evaluated. */
13555 bs->stop = 0;
13556
13557 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13558 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13559 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13560 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13561 commands here throws. */
13562 tmp_bs.commands = bs->commands;
13563 bs->commands = NULL;
13564 old_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&tmp_bs.commands);
13565
13566 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p);
13567
13568 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13569 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13570 list. */
13571 do_cleanups (old_chain);
13572 }
13573
13574 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13575 markers (`-m'). */
13576
13577 static void
13578 strace_marker_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location *location,
13579 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13580 enum bptype type_wanted)
13581 {
13582 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13583 const char *arg_start, *arg;
13584 char *str;
13585 struct cleanup *cleanup;
13586
13587 arg = arg_start = get_linespec_location (location);
13588 lsal.sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg);
13589
13590 str = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
13591 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
13592 canonical->location = new_linespec_location (&str);
13593 do_cleanups (cleanup);
13594
13595 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical->location));
13596 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13597 }
13598
13599 static void
13600 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13601 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13602 char *cond_string,
13603 char *extra_string,
13604 enum bptype type_wanted,
13605 enum bpdisp disposition,
13606 int thread,
13607 int task, int ignore_count,
13608 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13609 int from_tty, int enabled,
13610 int internal, unsigned flags)
13611 {
13612 int i;
13613 struct linespec_sals *lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals,
13614 canonical->sals, 0);
13615
13616 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13617 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13618 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13619 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13620 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13621 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13622
13623 for (i = 0; i < lsal->sals.nelts; ++i)
13624 {
13625 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
13626 struct tracepoint *tp;
13627 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13628 struct event_location *location;
13629
13630 expanded.nelts = 1;
13631 expanded.sals = &lsal->sals.sals[i];
13632
13633 location = copy_event_location (canonical->location);
13634 old_chain = make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location);
13635
13636 tp = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
13637 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp->base, gdbarch, expanded,
13638 location, NULL,
13639 cond_string, extra_string,
13640 type_wanted, disposition,
13641 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
13642 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
13643 canonical->special_display);
13644 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13645 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13646 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13647 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13648 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13649 corresponds to this one */
13650 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
13651
13652 install_breakpoint (internal, &tp->base, 0);
13653
13654 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
13655 }
13656 }
13657
13658 static void
13659 strace_marker_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
13660 const struct event_location *location,
13661 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13662 {
13663 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13664 const char *s = get_linespec_location (location);
13665
13666 *sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s);
13667 if (sals->nelts > tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
13668 {
13669 sals->sals[0] = sals->sals[tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
13670 sals->nelts = 1;
13671 }
13672 else
13673 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13674 }
13675
13676 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13677
13678 static int
13679 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b)
13680 {
13681 return b->ops == &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13682 }
13683
13684 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13685 structures. */
13686
13687 void
13688 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
13689 {
13690 struct breakpoint *b;
13691
13692 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
13693
13694 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13695 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13696 especial culprits.
13697
13698 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13699 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13700 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13701 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13702 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13703 deleted.
13704
13705 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13706 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13707 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13708 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13709 was chosen. */
13710 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
13711 return;
13712
13713 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13714 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13715 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
13716 {
13717 struct breakpoint *related;
13718 struct watchpoint *w;
13719
13720 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13721 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt->related_breakpoint;
13722 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13723 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
13724 else
13725 w = NULL;
13726 if (w != NULL)
13727 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w);
13728
13729 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13730 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
13731 related = related->related_breakpoint);
13732 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
13733 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
13734 }
13735
13736 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13737 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13738 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13739 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13740 if (bpt->number)
13741 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt);
13742
13743 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
13744 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
13745
13746 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13747 if (b->next == bpt)
13748 {
13749 b->next = bpt->next;
13750 break;
13751 }
13752
13753 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13754 been freed. */
13755 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13756 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13757 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13758 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13759 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13760 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13761 commands won't work. */
13762
13763 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
13764
13765 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13766 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13767 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13768 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13769 might be better design to have location completely
13770 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13771 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
13772
13773 bpt->ops->dtor (bpt);
13774 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13775 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13776 bpt->type = bp_none;
13777 xfree (bpt);
13778 }
13779
13780 static void
13781 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
13782 {
13783 delete_breakpoint (b);
13784 }
13785
13786 struct cleanup *
13787 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
13788 {
13789 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
13790 }
13791
13792 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13793 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13794
13795 static void
13796 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
13797 void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
13798 void *),
13799 void *data)
13800 {
13801 struct breakpoint *related;
13802
13803 related = b;
13804 do
13805 {
13806 struct breakpoint *next;
13807
13808 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13809 next = related->related_breakpoint;
13810
13811 if (next == related)
13812 {
13813 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13814 function (related, data);
13815
13816 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13817 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13818 out. */
13819 break;
13820 }
13821 else
13822 function (related, data);
13823
13824 related = next;
13825 }
13826 while (related != b);
13827 }
13828
13829 static void
13830 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13831 {
13832 delete_breakpoint (b);
13833 }
13834
13835 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13836 delete_breakpoint. */
13837
13838 static void
13839 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13840 {
13841 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13842 }
13843
13844 void
13845 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
13846 {
13847 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13848
13849 dont_repeat ();
13850
13851 if (arg == 0)
13852 {
13853 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
13854
13855 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13856 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13857 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13858 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13859 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13860 {
13861 breaks_to_delete = 1;
13862 break;
13863 }
13864
13865 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13866 if (!from_tty
13867 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13868 {
13869 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13870 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13871 delete_breakpoint (b);
13872 }
13873 }
13874 else
13875 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13876 }
13877
13878 static int
13879 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
13880 {
13881 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
13882 if (!loc->shlib_disabled
13883 && !loc->pspace->executing_startup)
13884 return 0;
13885 return 1;
13886 }
13887
13888 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13889 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13890 Null names are ignored. */
13891
13892 static int
13893 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
13894 {
13895 struct bp_location *l;
13896 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
13897 (int (*) (const void *,
13898 const void *)) streq,
13899 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
13900
13901 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
13902 {
13903 const char **slot;
13904 const char *name = l->function_name;
13905
13906 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13907 if (name == NULL)
13908 continue;
13909
13910 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
13911 INSERT);
13912 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13913 returns NULL. */
13914 if (*slot != NULL)
13915 {
13916 htab_delete (htab);
13917 return 1;
13918 }
13919 *slot = name;
13920 }
13921
13922 htab_delete (htab);
13923 return 0;
13924 }
13925
13926 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13927 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13928 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13929 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13930 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13931 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13932 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13933 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13934 The heuristic is:
13935
13936 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13937 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13938 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13939 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13940 in the sources, and output a warning.
13941
13942 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13943 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13944 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13945 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13946 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13947 warning.
13948
13949 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13950 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13951 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13952 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13953 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13954 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13955 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13956 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13957 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13958
13959 static struct symtab_and_line
13960 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
13961 {
13962 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13963 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
13964 CORE_ADDR pc;
13965
13966 pc = sal.pc;
13967 if (sal.line)
13968 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
13969
13970 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
13971 {
13972 if (strcmp (tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id) != 0)
13973 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13974 b->number,
13975 tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id);
13976
13977 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13978 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
13979 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
13980
13981 return sal;
13982 }
13983
13984 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13985 by string ID. */
13986 if (!sal.explicit_pc
13987 && sal.line != 0
13988 && sal.symtab != NULL
13989 && tp->static_trace_marker_id != NULL)
13990 {
13991 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers;
13992
13993 markers
13994 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13995
13996 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
13997 {
13998 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
13999 struct symbol *sym;
14000 struct static_tracepoint_marker *tpmarker;
14001 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
14002 struct explicit_location explicit_loc;
14003
14004 tpmarker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, 0);
14005
14006 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14007 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (tpmarker->str_id);
14008
14009 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
14010 "found at previous line number"),
14011 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14012
14013 init_sal (&sal2);
14014
14015 sal2.pc = tpmarker->address;
14016
14017 sal2 = find_pc_line (tpmarker->address, 0);
14018 sym = find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker->address, NULL);
14019 ui_out_text (uiout, "Now in ");
14020 if (sym)
14021 {
14022 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
14023 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
14024 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
14025 }
14026 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file",
14027 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab));
14028 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
14029
14030 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
14031 {
14032 const char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal2.symtab);
14033
14034 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
14035 }
14036
14037 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", sal2.line);
14038 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
14039
14040 b->loc->line_number = sal2.line;
14041 b->loc->symtab = sym != NULL ? sal2.symtab : NULL;
14042
14043 delete_event_location (b->location);
14044 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
14045 explicit_loc.source_filename
14046 = ASTRDUP (symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab));
14047 explicit_loc.line_offset.offset = b->loc->line_number;
14048 explicit_loc.line_offset.sign = LINE_OFFSET_NONE;
14049 b->location = new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
14050
14051 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
14052 so. */
14053
14054 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker);
14055 }
14056 }
14057 return sal;
14058 }
14059
14060 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
14061 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
14062
14063 static int
14064 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
14065 {
14066 while (a && b)
14067 {
14068 if (a->address != b->address)
14069 return 0;
14070
14071 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
14072 return 0;
14073
14074 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
14075 return 0;
14076
14077 a = a->next;
14078 b = b->next;
14079 }
14080
14081 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
14082 return 0;
14083
14084 return 1;
14085 }
14086
14087 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
14088 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
14089 a ranged breakpoint. */
14090
14091 void
14092 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
14093 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
14094 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end)
14095 {
14096 int i;
14097 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
14098
14099 if (sals_end.nelts != 0 && (sals.nelts != 1 || sals_end.nelts != 1))
14100 {
14101 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
14102 location. */
14103 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14104 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
14105 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
14106 "multiple locations found\n"),
14107 b->number);
14108 return;
14109 }
14110
14111 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
14112 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
14113 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
14114 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
14115 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
14116 individual locations. */
14117 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
14118 return;
14119
14120 b->loc = NULL;
14121
14122 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14123 {
14124 struct bp_location *new_loc;
14125
14126 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals.sals[i].pspace);
14127
14128 new_loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
14129
14130 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
14131 old symtab. */
14132 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
14133 {
14134 const char *s;
14135
14136 s = b->cond_string;
14137 TRY
14138 {
14139 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, sals.sals[i].pc,
14140 block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
14141 0);
14142 }
14143 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14144 {
14145 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
14146 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
14147 b->number, e.message);
14148 new_loc->enabled = 0;
14149 }
14150 END_CATCH
14151 }
14152
14153 if (sals_end.nelts)
14154 {
14155 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end.sals[0]);
14156
14157 new_loc->length = end - sals.sals[0].pc + 1;
14158 }
14159 }
14160
14161 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14162 breakpoints. */
14163 {
14164 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
14165 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14166 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14167 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14168 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14169 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14170 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
14171
14172 for (; e; e = e->next)
14173 {
14174 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
14175 {
14176 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
14177 if (have_ambiguous_names)
14178 {
14179 for (; l; l = l->next)
14180 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
14181 {
14182 l->enabled = 0;
14183 break;
14184 }
14185 }
14186 else
14187 {
14188 for (; l; l = l->next)
14189 if (l->function_name
14190 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
14191 {
14192 l->enabled = 0;
14193 break;
14194 }
14195 }
14196 }
14197 }
14198 }
14199
14200 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
14201 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14202
14203 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
14204 }
14205
14206 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given LOCATION.
14207 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14208
14209 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14210 location_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, struct event_location *location,
14211 int *found)
14212 {
14213 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {0};
14214 struct gdb_exception exception = exception_none;
14215
14216 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL);
14217
14218 TRY
14219 {
14220 b->ops->decode_location (b, location, &sals);
14221 }
14222 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14223 {
14224 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
14225
14226 exception = e;
14227
14228 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14229 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14230 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14231 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14232 state, then user already saw the message about that
14233 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14234 errors. */
14235 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14236 && (b->condition_not_parsed
14237 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
14238 || (b->loc && b->loc->pspace->executing_startup)
14239 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
14240 not_found_and_ok = 1;
14241
14242 if (!not_found_and_ok)
14243 {
14244 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14245 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14246 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14247 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14248 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14249 which approach is better. */
14250 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14251 throw_exception (e);
14252 }
14253 }
14254 END_CATCH
14255
14256 if (exception.reason == 0 || exception.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
14257 {
14258 int i;
14259
14260 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14261 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[i]);
14262 if (b->condition_not_parsed && b->extra_string != NULL)
14263 {
14264 char *cond_string, *extra_string;
14265 int thread, task;
14266
14267 find_condition_and_thread (b->extra_string, sals.sals[0].pc,
14268 &cond_string, &thread, &task,
14269 &extra_string);
14270 gdb_assert (b->cond_string == NULL);
14271 if (cond_string)
14272 b->cond_string = cond_string;
14273 b->thread = thread;
14274 b->task = task;
14275 if (extra_string)
14276 {
14277 xfree (b->extra_string);
14278 b->extra_string = extra_string;
14279 }
14280 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
14281 }
14282
14283 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !strace_marker_p (b))
14284 sals.sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals.sals[0]);
14285
14286 *found = 1;
14287 }
14288 else
14289 *found = 0;
14290
14291 return sals;
14292 }
14293
14294 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14295 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14296 locations. */
14297
14298 static void
14299 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *b)
14300 {
14301 int found;
14302 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, sals_end;
14303 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = {0};
14304 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end = {0};
14305
14306 sals = location_to_sals (b, b->location, &found);
14307 if (found)
14308 {
14309 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
14310 expanded = sals;
14311 }
14312
14313 if (b->location_range_end != NULL)
14314 {
14315 sals_end = location_to_sals (b, b->location_range_end, &found);
14316 if (found)
14317 {
14318 make_cleanup (xfree, sals_end.sals);
14319 expanded_end = sals_end;
14320 }
14321 }
14322
14323 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded, expanded_end);
14324 }
14325
14326 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14327 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14328
14329 static void
14330 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location *location,
14331 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14332 enum bptype type_wanted)
14333 {
14334 parse_breakpoint_sals (location, canonical);
14335 }
14336
14337 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14338 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14339 breakpoint_ops. */
14340
14341 static void
14342 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14343 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14344 char *cond_string,
14345 char *extra_string,
14346 enum bptype type_wanted,
14347 enum bpdisp disposition,
14348 int thread,
14349 int task, int ignore_count,
14350 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
14351 int from_tty, int enabled,
14352 int internal, unsigned flags)
14353 {
14354 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, canonical, cond_string,
14355 extra_string,
14356 type_wanted, disposition,
14357 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
14358 enabled, internal, flags);
14359 }
14360
14361 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14362 default function for the `decode_location' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14363
14364 static void
14365 decode_location_default (struct breakpoint *b,
14366 const struct event_location *location,
14367 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
14368 {
14369 struct linespec_result canonical;
14370
14371 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
14372 decode_line_full (location, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
14373 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
14374 &canonical, multiple_symbols_all,
14375 b->filter);
14376
14377 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14378 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) < 2);
14379
14380 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 0)
14381 {
14382 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
14383
14384 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
14385 *sals = lsal->sals;
14386 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14387 contents. */
14388 lsal->sals.sals = NULL;
14389 }
14390
14391 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
14392 }
14393
14394 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14395
14396 static struct cleanup *
14397 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint *b)
14398 {
14399 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14400
14401 input_radix = b->input_radix;
14402 cleanups = save_current_space_and_thread ();
14403 if (b->pspace != NULL)
14404 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace);
14405 set_language (b->language);
14406
14407 return cleanups;
14408 }
14409
14410 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14411 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14412 Unused in this case. */
14413
14414 static int
14415 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
14416 {
14417 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14418 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
14419 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14420
14421 cleanups = prepare_re_set_context (b);
14422 b->ops->re_set (b);
14423 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14424 return 0;
14425 }
14426
14427 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14428 void
14429 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14430 {
14431 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
14432 enum language save_language;
14433 int save_input_radix;
14434 struct cleanup *old_chain;
14435
14436 save_language = current_language->la_language;
14437 save_input_radix = input_radix;
14438 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
14439
14440 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14441 {
14442 /* Format possible error msg. */
14443 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14444 b->number);
14445 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
14446 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
14447 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14448 }
14449 set_language (save_language);
14450 input_radix = save_input_radix;
14451
14452 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14453
14454 do_cleanups (old_chain);
14455
14456 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14457 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14458 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14459 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14460 }
14461 \f
14462 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14463
14464 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14465 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14466 void
14467 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
14468 {
14469 if (b->thread != -1)
14470 {
14471 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
14472 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
14473
14474 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14475 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14476 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14477 as well. */
14478 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
14479 }
14480 }
14481
14482 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14483 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14484 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14485
14486 void
14487 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
14488 {
14489 struct breakpoint *b;
14490
14491 if (count < 0)
14492 count = 0;
14493
14494 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14495 if (b->number == bptnum)
14496 {
14497 if (is_tracepoint (b))
14498 {
14499 if (from_tty && count != 0)
14500 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14501 bptnum);
14502 return;
14503 }
14504
14505 b->ignore_count = count;
14506 if (from_tty)
14507 {
14508 if (count == 0)
14509 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14510 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14511 bptnum);
14512 else if (count == 1)
14513 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14514 bptnum);
14515 else
14516 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14517 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14518 count, bptnum);
14519 }
14520 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14521 return;
14522 }
14523
14524 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
14525 }
14526
14527 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14528
14529 static void
14530 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14531 {
14532 char *p = args;
14533 int num;
14534
14535 if (p == 0)
14536 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14537
14538 num = get_number (&p);
14539 if (num == 0)
14540 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
14541 if (*p == 0)
14542 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14543
14544 set_ignore_count (num,
14545 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
14546 from_tty);
14547 if (from_tty)
14548 printf_filtered ("\n");
14549 }
14550 \f
14551 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14552 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14553
14554 static void
14555 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
14556 void *),
14557 void *data)
14558 {
14559 int num;
14560 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
14561 int match;
14562 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
14563
14564 if (args == 0 || *args == '\0')
14565 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14566
14567 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
14568
14569 while (!state.finished)
14570 {
14571 const char *p = state.string;
14572
14573 match = 0;
14574
14575 num = get_number_or_range (&state);
14576 if (num == 0)
14577 {
14578 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
14579 }
14580 else
14581 {
14582 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
14583 if (b->number == num)
14584 {
14585 match = 1;
14586 function (b, data);
14587 break;
14588 }
14589 if (match == 0)
14590 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
14591 }
14592 }
14593 }
14594
14595 static struct bp_location *
14596 find_location_by_number (char *number)
14597 {
14598 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
14599 char *p1;
14600 int bp_num;
14601 int loc_num;
14602 struct breakpoint *b;
14603 struct bp_location *loc;
14604
14605 *dot = '\0';
14606
14607 p1 = number;
14608 bp_num = get_number (&p1);
14609 if (bp_num == 0)
14610 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14611
14612 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14613 if (b->number == bp_num)
14614 {
14615 break;
14616 }
14617
14618 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
14619 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14620
14621 p1 = dot+1;
14622 loc_num = get_number (&p1);
14623 if (loc_num == 0)
14624 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
14625
14626 --loc_num;
14627 loc = b->loc;
14628 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
14629 ;
14630 if (!loc)
14631 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
14632
14633 return loc;
14634 }
14635
14636
14637 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14638 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14639 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14640
14641 void
14642 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14643 {
14644 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14645 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14646 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14647 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
14648 return;
14649
14650 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14651
14652 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14653 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14654
14655 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14656 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14657 {
14658 struct bp_location *location;
14659
14660 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14661 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
14662 }
14663
14664 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
14665
14666 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14667 }
14668
14669 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14670
14671 static void
14672 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14673 {
14674 disable_breakpoint (b);
14675 }
14676
14677 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14678 disable_breakpoint. */
14679
14680 static void
14681 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14682 {
14683 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14684 }
14685
14686 static void
14687 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14688 {
14689 if (args == 0)
14690 {
14691 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14692
14693 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14694 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14695 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
14696 }
14697 else
14698 {
14699 char *num = extract_arg (&args);
14700
14701 while (num)
14702 {
14703 if (strchr (num, '.'))
14704 {
14705 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (num);
14706
14707 if (loc)
14708 {
14709 if (loc->enabled)
14710 {
14711 loc->enabled = 0;
14712 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14713 }
14714 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14715 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14716 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14717 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
14718 }
14719 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
14720 }
14721 else
14722 map_breakpoint_numbers (num, do_map_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14723 num = extract_arg (&args);
14724 }
14725 }
14726 }
14727
14728 static void
14729 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition,
14730 int count)
14731 {
14732 int target_resources_ok;
14733
14734 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
14735 {
14736 int i;
14737 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14738 target_resources_ok =
14739 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
14740 i + 1, 0);
14741 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
14742 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14743 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
14744 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14745 }
14746
14747 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
14748 {
14749 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14750 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = bp_disabled;
14751
14752 TRY
14753 {
14754 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
14755
14756 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
14757 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14758 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
14759 }
14760 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
14761 {
14762 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
14763 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14764 bpt->number);
14765 return;
14766 }
14767 END_CATCH
14768 }
14769
14770 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14771
14772 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14773 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14774
14775 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14776 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14777 {
14778 struct bp_location *location;
14779
14780 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14781 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
14782 }
14783
14784 bpt->disposition = disposition;
14785 bpt->enable_count = count;
14786 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
14787
14788 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14789 }
14790
14791
14792 void
14793 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14794 {
14795 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition, 0);
14796 }
14797
14798 static void
14799 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
14800 {
14801 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14802 }
14803
14804 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14805 enable_breakpoint. */
14806
14807 static void
14808 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14809 {
14810 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
14811 }
14812
14813 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14814 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14815 in stopping the inferior. */
14816
14817 static void
14818 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14819 {
14820 if (args == 0)
14821 {
14822 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14823
14824 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14825 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14826 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14827 }
14828 else
14829 {
14830 char *num = extract_arg (&args);
14831
14832 while (num)
14833 {
14834 if (strchr (num, '.'))
14835 {
14836 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (num);
14837
14838 if (loc)
14839 {
14840 if (!loc->enabled)
14841 {
14842 loc->enabled = 1;
14843 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14844 }
14845 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14846 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14847 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14848 target_enable_tracepoint (loc);
14849 }
14850 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
14851 }
14852 else
14853 map_breakpoint_numbers (num, do_map_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
14854 num = extract_arg (&args);
14855 }
14856 }
14857 }
14858
14859 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
14860 breakpoints. */
14861
14862 struct disp_data
14863 {
14864 enum bpdisp disp;
14865 int count;
14866 };
14867
14868 static void
14869 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
14870 {
14871 struct disp_data disp_data = *(struct disp_data *) arg;
14872
14873 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_data.disp, disp_data.count);
14874 }
14875
14876 static void
14877 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
14878 {
14879 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, 1 };
14880
14881 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14882 }
14883
14884 static void
14885 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14886 {
14887 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint, NULL);
14888 }
14889
14890 static void
14891 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *countptr)
14892 {
14893 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, *(int *) countptr };
14894
14895 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14896 }
14897
14898 static void
14899 enable_count_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14900 {
14901 int count;
14902
14903 if (args == NULL)
14904 error_no_arg (_("hit count"));
14905
14906 count = get_number (&args);
14907
14908 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint, &count);
14909 }
14910
14911 static void
14912 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
14913 {
14914 struct disp_data disp = { disp_del, 1 };
14915
14916 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14917 }
14918
14919 static void
14920 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14921 {
14922 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
14923 }
14924 \f
14925 static void
14926 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
14927 {
14928 }
14929
14930 static void
14931 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
14932 {
14933 }
14934
14935 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14936 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14937 GDB itself. */
14938
14939 static void
14940 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior *inferior,
14941 CORE_ADDR addr, ssize_t len,
14942 const bfd_byte *data)
14943 {
14944 struct breakpoint *bp;
14945
14946 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
14947 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
14948 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
14949 {
14950 struct watchpoint *wp = (struct watchpoint *) bp;
14951
14952 if (wp->val_valid && wp->val)
14953 {
14954 struct bp_location *loc;
14955
14956 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
14957 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14958 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
14959 && addr + len > loc->address)
14960 {
14961 value_free (wp->val);
14962 wp->val = NULL;
14963 wp->val_valid = 0;
14964 }
14965 }
14966 }
14967 }
14968
14969 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14970
14971 void
14972 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14973 struct address_space *aspace,
14974 CORE_ADDR next_pc)
14975 {
14976 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
14977 struct symtab_and_line sal;
14978 CORE_ADDR pc = next_pc;
14979
14980 if (tp->control.single_step_breakpoints == NULL)
14981 {
14982 tp->control.single_step_breakpoints
14983 = new_single_step_breakpoint (tp->num, gdbarch);
14984 }
14985
14986 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
14987 sal.pc = pc;
14988 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
14989 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
14990 add_location_to_breakpoint (tp->control.single_step_breakpoints, &sal);
14991
14992 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT);
14993 }
14994
14995 /* See breakpoint.h. */
14996
14997 int
14998 breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (struct breakpoint *bp,
14999 struct address_space *aspace,
15000 CORE_ADDR pc)
15001 {
15002 struct bp_location *loc;
15003
15004 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
15005 if (loc->inserted
15006 && breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
15007 return 1;
15008
15009 return 0;
15010 }
15011
15012 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
15013 PC. */
15014
15015 int
15016 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
15017 CORE_ADDR pc)
15018 {
15019 struct breakpoint *bpt;
15020
15021 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
15022 {
15023 if (bpt->type == bp_single_step
15024 && breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (bpt, aspace, pc))
15025 return 1;
15026 }
15027 return 0;
15028 }
15029
15030 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
15031
15032 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
15033 static void
15034 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
15035 {
15036 tracepoint_count = num;
15037 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
15038 }
15039
15040 static void
15041 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15042 {
15043 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15044 struct event_location *location;
15045 struct cleanup *back_to;
15046
15047 location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
15048 back_to = make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location);
15049 if (location != NULL
15050 && event_location_type (location) == PROBE_LOCATION)
15051 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15052 else
15053 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15054
15055 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15056 location,
15057 NULL, 0, arg, 1 /* parse arg */,
15058 0 /* tempflag */,
15059 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15060 0 /* Ignore count */,
15061 pending_break_support,
15062 ops,
15063 from_tty,
15064 1 /* enabled */,
15065 0 /* internal */, 0);
15066 do_cleanups (back_to);
15067 }
15068
15069 static void
15070 ftrace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15071 {
15072 struct event_location *location;
15073 struct cleanup *back_to;
15074
15075 location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
15076 back_to = make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location);
15077 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15078 location,
15079 NULL, 0, arg, 1 /* parse arg */,
15080 0 /* tempflag */,
15081 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15082 0 /* Ignore count */,
15083 pending_break_support,
15084 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15085 from_tty,
15086 1 /* enabled */,
15087 0 /* internal */, 0);
15088 do_cleanups (back_to);
15089 }
15090
15091 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15092
15093 static void
15094 strace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15095 {
15096 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15097 struct event_location *location;
15098 struct cleanup *back_to;
15099
15100 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15101 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15102 if (arg && startswith (arg, "-m") && isspace (arg[2]))
15103 {
15104 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15105 location = new_linespec_location (&arg);
15106 }
15107 else
15108 {
15109 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15110 location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
15111 }
15112
15113 back_to = make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location);
15114 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15115 location,
15116 NULL, 0, arg, 1 /* parse arg */,
15117 0 /* tempflag */,
15118 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15119 0 /* Ignore count */,
15120 pending_break_support,
15121 ops,
15122 from_tty,
15123 1 /* enabled */,
15124 0 /* internal */, 0);
15125 do_cleanups (back_to);
15126 }
15127
15128 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15129 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15130
15131 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
15132 static int next_cmd;
15133
15134 static char *
15135 read_uploaded_action (void)
15136 {
15137 char *rslt;
15138
15139 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, this_utp->cmd_strings, next_cmd, rslt);
15140
15141 next_cmd++;
15142
15143 return rslt;
15144 }
15145
15146 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15147 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15148 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15149 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15150 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15151
15152 struct tracepoint *
15153 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
15154 {
15155 char *addr_str, small_buf[100];
15156 struct tracepoint *tp;
15157 struct event_location *location;
15158 struct cleanup *cleanup;
15159
15160 if (utp->at_string)
15161 addr_str = utp->at_string;
15162 else
15163 {
15164 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15165 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15166 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15167 user. */
15168 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15169 "source location, using raw address"),
15170 utp->number);
15171 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
15172 addr_str = small_buf;
15173 }
15174
15175 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15176 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
15177 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15178 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15179 utp->number);
15180
15181 location = string_to_event_location (&addr_str, current_language);
15182 cleanup = make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location);
15183 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15184 location,
15185 utp->cond_string, -1, addr_str,
15186 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15187 0 /* tempflag */,
15188 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
15189 0 /* Ignore count */,
15190 pending_break_support,
15191 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15192 0 /* from_tty */,
15193 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
15194 0 /* internal */,
15195 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED))
15196 {
15197 do_cleanups (cleanup);
15198 return NULL;
15199 }
15200
15201 do_cleanups (cleanup);
15202
15203 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15204 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
15205 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
15206
15207 if (utp->pass > 0)
15208 {
15209 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "%d %d", utp->pass,
15210 tp->base.number);
15211
15212 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
15213 }
15214
15215 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15216 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15217 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15218 function. */
15219 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->cmd_strings))
15220 {
15221 struct command_line *cmd_list;
15222
15223 this_utp = utp;
15224 next_cmd = 0;
15225
15226 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL);
15227
15228 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp->base, cmd_list);
15229 }
15230 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->actions)
15231 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->step_actions))
15232 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15233 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15234 utp->number);
15235
15236 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15237 tp->base.hit_count = utp->hit_count;
15238 tp->traceframe_usage = utp->traceframe_usage;
15239
15240 return tp;
15241 }
15242
15243 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15244 omitted. */
15245
15246 static void
15247 tracepoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
15248 {
15249 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
15250 int num_printed;
15251
15252 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
15253
15254 if (num_printed == 0)
15255 {
15256 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
15257 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15258 else
15259 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
15260 }
15261
15262 default_collect_info ();
15263 }
15264
15265 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15266 Not supported by all targets. */
15267 static void
15268 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15269 {
15270 enable_command (args, from_tty);
15271 }
15272
15273 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15274 Not supported by all targets. */
15275 static void
15276 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15277 {
15278 disable_command (args, from_tty);
15279 }
15280
15281 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15282 static void
15283 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15284 {
15285 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15286
15287 dont_repeat ();
15288
15289 if (arg == 0)
15290 {
15291 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
15292
15293 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15294 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15295 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15296 argument. */
15297 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15298 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15299 {
15300 breaks_to_delete = 1;
15301 break;
15302 }
15303
15304 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15305 if (!from_tty
15306 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15307 {
15308 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15309 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15310 delete_breakpoint (b);
15311 }
15312 }
15313 else
15314 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
15315 }
15316
15317 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15318
15319 static void
15320 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint *tp, int count, int from_tty)
15321 {
15322 tp->pass_count = count;
15323 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp->base);
15324 if (from_tty)
15325 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15326 tp->base.number, count);
15327 }
15328
15329 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15330
15331 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15332 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15333 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15334
15335 static void
15336 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15337 {
15338 struct tracepoint *t1;
15339 unsigned int count;
15340
15341 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
15342 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15343 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15344
15345 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15346
15347 args = skip_spaces (args);
15348 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
15349 {
15350 struct breakpoint *b;
15351
15352 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15353 if (*args)
15354 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15355
15356 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15357 {
15358 t1 = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15359 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15360 }
15361 }
15362 else if (*args == '\0')
15363 {
15364 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL);
15365 if (t1)
15366 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15367 }
15368 else
15369 {
15370 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
15371
15372 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
15373 while (!state.finished)
15374 {
15375 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &state);
15376 if (t1)
15377 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15378 }
15379 }
15380 }
15381
15382 struct tracepoint *
15383 get_tracepoint (int num)
15384 {
15385 struct breakpoint *t;
15386
15387 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15388 if (t->number == num)
15389 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15390
15391 return NULL;
15392 }
15393
15394 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15395 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15396 reconnecting). */
15397
15398 struct tracepoint *
15399 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
15400 {
15401 struct breakpoint *b;
15402
15403 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15404 {
15405 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15406
15407 if (t->number_on_target == num)
15408 return t;
15409 }
15410
15411 return NULL;
15412 }
15413
15414 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15415 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15416 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
15417 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15418
15419 struct tracepoint *
15420 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg,
15421 struct get_number_or_range_state *state)
15422 {
15423 struct breakpoint *t;
15424 int tpnum;
15425 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
15426
15427 if (state)
15428 {
15429 gdb_assert (!state->finished);
15430 tpnum = get_number_or_range (state);
15431 }
15432 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
15433 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
15434 else
15435 tpnum = get_number (arg);
15436
15437 if (tpnum <= 0)
15438 {
15439 if (instring && *instring)
15440 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15441 instring);
15442 else
15443 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
15444 return NULL;
15445 }
15446
15447 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15448 if (t->number == tpnum)
15449 {
15450 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15451 }
15452
15453 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
15454 return NULL;
15455 }
15456
15457 void
15458 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
15459 {
15460 if (b->thread != -1)
15461 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", b->thread);
15462
15463 if (b->task != 0)
15464 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", b->task);
15465
15466 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
15467 }
15468
15469 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15470 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15471 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15472 non-zero. */
15473
15474 static void
15475 save_breakpoints (char *filename, int from_tty,
15476 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
15477 {
15478 struct breakpoint *tp;
15479 int any = 0;
15480 struct cleanup *cleanup;
15481 struct ui_file *fp;
15482 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
15483
15484 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
15485 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15486
15487 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15488 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15489 {
15490 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15491 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15492 continue;
15493
15494 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15495 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15496 continue;
15497
15498 any = 1;
15499
15500 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
15501 {
15502 extra_trace_bits = 1;
15503
15504 /* We can stop searching. */
15505 break;
15506 }
15507 }
15508
15509 if (!any)
15510 {
15511 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15512 return;
15513 }
15514
15515 filename = tilde_expand (filename);
15516 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, filename);
15517 fp = gdb_fopen (filename, "w");
15518 if (!fp)
15519 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15520 filename, safe_strerror (errno));
15521 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp);
15522
15523 if (extra_trace_bits)
15524 save_trace_state_variables (fp);
15525
15526 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15527 {
15528 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15529 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15530 continue;
15531
15532 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15533 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15534 continue;
15535
15536 tp->ops->print_recreate (tp, fp);
15537
15538 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15539 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15540 instead. */
15541
15542 if (tp->cond_string)
15543 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
15544
15545 if (tp->ignore_count)
15546 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
15547
15548 if (tp->type != bp_dprintf && tp->commands)
15549 {
15550 struct gdb_exception exception;
15551
15552 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " commands\n");
15553
15554 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, fp);
15555 TRY
15556 {
15557 print_command_lines (current_uiout, tp->commands->commands, 2);
15558 }
15559 CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
15560 {
15561 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, NULL);
15562 throw_exception (ex);
15563 }
15564 END_CATCH
15565
15566 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, NULL);
15567 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " end\n");
15568 }
15569
15570 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
15571 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum\n");
15572
15573 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15574 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15575 special, and not user visible. */
15576 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
15577 {
15578 struct bp_location *loc;
15579 int n = 1;
15580
15581 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
15582 if (!loc->enabled)
15583 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
15584 }
15585 }
15586
15587 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
15588 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
15589
15590 if (from_tty)
15591 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename);
15592 do_cleanups (cleanup);
15593 }
15594
15595 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15596
15597 static void
15598 save_breakpoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15599 {
15600 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
15601 }
15602
15603 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15604
15605 static void
15606 save_tracepoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15607 {
15608 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
15609 }
15610
15611 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15612
15613 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
15614 all_tracepoints (void)
15615 {
15616 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
15617 struct breakpoint *tp;
15618
15619 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
15620 {
15621 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
15622 }
15623
15624 return tp_vec;
15625 }
15626
15627 \f
15628 /* This help string is used to consolidate all the help string for specifying
15629 locations used by several commands. */
15630
15631 #define LOCATION_HELP_STRING \
15632 "Linespecs are colon-separated lists of location parameters, such as\n\
15633 source filename, function name, label name, and line number.\n\
15634 Example: To specify the start of a label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15635 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use\n\
15636 \"factorial.c:fact:the_top\".\n\
15637 \n\
15638 Address locations begin with \"*\" and specify an exact address in the\n\
15639 program. Example: To specify the fourth byte past the start function\n\
15640 \"main\", use \"*main + 4\".\n\
15641 \n\
15642 Explicit locations are similar to linespecs but use an option/argument\n\
15643 syntax to specify location parameters.\n\
15644 Example: To specify the start of the label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15645 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use \"-source factorial.c\n\
15646 -function fact -label the_top\".\n"
15647
15648 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15649 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15650 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15651 command. */
15652
15653 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15654 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15655 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15656 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15657 guessed probe type), `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe) or \n\
15658 `-probe-dtrace' (for a DTrace probe).\n\
15659 LOCATION may be a linespec, address, or explicit location as described\n\
15660 below.\n\
15661 \n\
15662 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15663 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15664 \n\
15665 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15666 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15667 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\
15668 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15669 conditions are different.\n\
15670 \n\
15671 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15672
15673 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15674 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
15675
15676 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15677 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
15678
15679 void
15680 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
15681 cmd_sfunc_ftype *sfunc,
15682 completer_ftype *completer,
15683 void *user_data_catch,
15684 void *user_data_tcatch)
15685 {
15686 struct cmd_list_element *command;
15687
15688 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15689 &catch_cmdlist);
15690 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15691 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
15692 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15693
15694 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15695 &tcatch_cmdlist);
15696 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15697 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
15698 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15699 }
15700
15701 static void
15702 save_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15703 {
15704 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15705 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15706 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", all_commands, gdb_stdout);
15707 }
15708
15709 struct breakpoint *
15710 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
15711 void *data)
15712 {
15713 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15714
15715 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15716 {
15717 if ((*callback) (b, data))
15718 return b;
15719 }
15720
15721 return NULL;
15722 }
15723
15724 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15725 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15726
15727 static int
15728 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint *b)
15729 {
15730 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15731 non-inline function. */
15732 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
15733 return 1;
15734
15735 return 0;
15736 }
15737
15738 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15739 have been inlined. */
15740
15741 int
15742 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
15743 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
15744 {
15745 struct breakpoint *b;
15746 struct bp_location *bl;
15747
15748 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
15749 {
15750 if (!is_non_inline_function (b))
15751 continue;
15752
15753 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
15754 {
15755 if (!bl->shlib_disabled
15756 && bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, pc, ws))
15757 return 1;
15758 }
15759 }
15760
15761 return 0;
15762 }
15763
15764 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15765
15766 void
15767 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
15768 {
15769 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
15770
15771 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
15772 if (loc->symtab != NULL && SYMTAB_OBJFILE (loc->symtab) == objfile)
15773 loc->symtab = NULL;
15774 }
15775
15776 void
15777 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15778 {
15779 static int initialized = 0;
15780
15781 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15782
15783 if (initialized)
15784 return;
15785 initialized = 1;
15786
15787 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15788 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15789 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15790 ops = &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15791 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15792 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15793 ops->insert_location = bkpt_insert_location;
15794 ops->remove_location = bkpt_remove_location;
15795 ops->breakpoint_hit = bkpt_breakpoint_hit;
15796 ops->create_sals_from_location = bkpt_create_sals_from_location;
15797 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal;
15798 ops->decode_location = bkpt_decode_location;
15799
15800 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15801 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15802 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15803 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15804 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15805 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15806 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
15807 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
15808
15809 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15810 ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
15811 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15812 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint;
15813 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint;
15814 ops->print_it = print_it_ranged_breakpoint;
15815 ops->print_one = print_one_ranged_breakpoint;
15816 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint;
15817 ops->print_mention = print_mention_ranged_breakpoint;
15818 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint;
15819
15820 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15821 ops = &internal_breakpoint_ops;
15822 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15823 ops->re_set = internal_bkpt_re_set;
15824 ops->check_status = internal_bkpt_check_status;
15825 ops->print_it = internal_bkpt_print_it;
15826 ops->print_mention = internal_bkpt_print_mention;
15827
15828 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15829 ops = &momentary_breakpoint_ops;
15830 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15831 ops->re_set = momentary_bkpt_re_set;
15832 ops->check_status = momentary_bkpt_check_status;
15833 ops->print_it = momentary_bkpt_print_it;
15834 ops->print_mention = momentary_bkpt_print_mention;
15835
15836 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
15837 ops = &longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
15838 *ops = momentary_breakpoint_ops;
15839 ops->dtor = longjmp_bkpt_dtor;
15840
15841 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15842 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15843 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15844 ops->insert_location = bkpt_probe_insert_location;
15845 ops->remove_location = bkpt_probe_remove_location;
15846 ops->create_sals_from_location = bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location;
15847 ops->decode_location = bkpt_probe_decode_location;
15848
15849 /* Watchpoints. */
15850 ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15851 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15852 ops->dtor = dtor_watchpoint;
15853 ops->re_set = re_set_watchpoint;
15854 ops->insert_location = insert_watchpoint;
15855 ops->remove_location = remove_watchpoint;
15856 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_watchpoint;
15857 ops->check_status = check_status_watchpoint;
15858 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_watchpoint;
15859 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_watchpoint;
15860 ops->print_it = print_it_watchpoint;
15861 ops->print_mention = print_mention_watchpoint;
15862 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_watchpoint;
15863 ops->explains_signal = explains_signal_watchpoint;
15864
15865 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15866 ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15867 *ops = watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15868 ops->insert_location = insert_masked_watchpoint;
15869 ops->remove_location = remove_masked_watchpoint;
15870 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_masked_watchpoint;
15871 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint;
15872 ops->print_it = print_it_masked_watchpoint;
15873 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint;
15874 ops->print_mention = print_mention_masked_watchpoint;
15875 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_masked_watchpoint;
15876
15877 /* Tracepoints. */
15878 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15879 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15880 ops->re_set = tracepoint_re_set;
15881 ops->breakpoint_hit = tracepoint_breakpoint_hit;
15882 ops->print_one_detail = tracepoint_print_one_detail;
15883 ops->print_mention = tracepoint_print_mention;
15884 ops->print_recreate = tracepoint_print_recreate;
15885 ops->create_sals_from_location = tracepoint_create_sals_from_location;
15886 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal;
15887 ops->decode_location = tracepoint_decode_location;
15888
15889 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15890 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15891 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15892 ops->create_sals_from_location = tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location;
15893 ops->decode_location = tracepoint_probe_decode_location;
15894
15895 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15896 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15897 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15898 ops->create_sals_from_location = strace_marker_create_sals_from_location;
15899 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal;
15900 ops->decode_location = strace_marker_decode_location;
15901
15902 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15903 ops = &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
15904 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15905 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_fork;
15906 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_fork;
15907 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_fork;
15908 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_fork;
15909 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_fork;
15910 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_fork;
15911 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_fork;
15912
15913 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15914 ops = &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
15915 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15916 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_vfork;
15917 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_vfork;
15918 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork;
15919 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_vfork;
15920 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_vfork;
15921 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_vfork;
15922 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_vfork;
15923
15924 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15925 ops = &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
15926 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15927 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_exec;
15928 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_exec;
15929 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_exec;
15930 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_exec;
15931 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exec;
15932 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exec;
15933 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exec;
15934 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exec;
15935
15936 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15937 ops = &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
15938 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15939 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_solib;
15940 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_solib;
15941 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_solib;
15942 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_solib;
15943 ops->check_status = check_status_catch_solib;
15944 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_solib;
15945 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_solib;
15946 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_solib;
15947 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_solib;
15948
15949 ops = &dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
15950 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15951 ops->re_set = dprintf_re_set;
15952 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15953 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15954 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
15955 ops->print_recreate = dprintf_print_recreate;
15956 ops->after_condition_true = dprintf_after_condition_true;
15957 ops->breakpoint_hit = dprintf_breakpoint_hit;
15958 }
15959
15960 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
15961
15962 static struct cmd_list_element *enablebreaklist = NULL;
15963
15964 void
15965 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
15966 {
15967 struct cmd_list_element *c;
15968
15969 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
15970
15971 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
15972 observer_attach_free_objfile (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile);
15973 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
15974
15975 breakpoint_objfile_key
15976 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL, free_breakpoint_probes);
15977
15978 breakpoint_chain = 0;
15979 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
15980 before a breakpoint is set. */
15981 breakpoint_count = 0;
15982
15983 tracepoint_count = 0;
15984
15985 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
15986 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
15987 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
15988
15989 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
15990 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
15991 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
15992 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
15993 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
15994 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
15995 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
15996 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
15997
15998 c = add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
15999 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
16000 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
16001 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
16002 set_cmd_completer (c, condition_completer);
16003
16004 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
16005 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
16006 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16007 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
16008 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
16009 \n"
16010 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
16011 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16012
16013 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
16014 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16015 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
16016 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
16017 \n"
16018 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
16019 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16020
16021 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
16022 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16023 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16024 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
16025 \n"
16026 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
16027 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16028
16029 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16030 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16031 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16032 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16033 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16034 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
16035 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16036
16037 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16038
16039 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16040 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16041 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16042 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16043 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
16044 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
16045
16046 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16047 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16048 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16049 &enablebreaklist);
16050
16051 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16052 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16053 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16054 &enablebreaklist);
16055
16056 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16057 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16058 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16059 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16060 &enablebreaklist);
16061
16062 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16063 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16064 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16065 &enablelist);
16066
16067 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16068 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16069 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16070 &enablelist);
16071
16072 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16073 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16074 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16075 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16076 &enablelist);
16077
16078 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16079 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16080 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16081 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16082 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16083 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16084 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16085 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16086
16087 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
16088 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16089 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16090 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16091 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16092 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16093 &disablelist);
16094
16095 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16096 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16097 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16098 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16099 \n\
16100 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16101 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16102 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
16103 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16104 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16105
16106 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
16107 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16108 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16109 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16110 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16111 &deletelist);
16112
16113 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
16114 Clear breakpoint at specified location.\n\
16115 Argument may be a linespec, explicit, or address location as described below.\n\
16116 \n\
16117 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16118 is executing in.\n"
16119 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\
16120 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16121 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
16122
16123 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
16124 Set breakpoint at specified location.\n"
16125 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16126 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16127
16128 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
16129 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
16130 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
16131 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
16132
16133 if (dbx_commands)
16134 {
16135 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
16136 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16137 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
16138 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
16139 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
16140 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
16141 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
16142 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
16143 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16144 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16145 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16146 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16147 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16148 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16149 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16150 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16151 \n\
16152 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16153 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16154 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16155 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16156 breakpoint set."));
16157 }
16158
16159 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
16160 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16161 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16162 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16163 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16164 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16165 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16166 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16167 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16168 \n\
16169 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16170 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16171 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16172 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16173 breakpoint set."));
16174
16175 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16176
16177 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
16178 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16179 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16180 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16181 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16182 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16183 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16184 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16185 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16186 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16187 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16188 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16189 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16190 \n\
16191 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16192 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16193 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16194 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16195 breakpoint set."),
16196 &maintenanceinfolist);
16197
16198 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
16199 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16200 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
16201 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16202
16203 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
16204 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16205 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
16206 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16207
16208 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16209 catch_fork_command_1,
16210 NULL,
16211 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
16212 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
16213 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16214 catch_fork_command_1,
16215 NULL,
16216 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
16217 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
16218 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16219 catch_exec_command_1,
16220 NULL,
16221 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16222 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16223 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16224 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16225 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16226 catch_load_command_1,
16227 NULL,
16228 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16229 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16230 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16231 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16232 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16233 catch_unload_command_1,
16234 NULL,
16235 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16236 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16237
16238 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
16239 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16240 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16241 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16242 an expression changes.\n\
16243 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16244 the memory to which it refers."));
16245 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16246
16247 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
16248 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16249 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16250 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16251 an expression is read.\n\
16252 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16253 the memory to which it refers."));
16254 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16255
16256 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
16257 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16258 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16259 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16260 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16261 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16262 the memory to which it refers."));
16263 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16264
16265 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info, _("\
16266 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16267
16268 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16269 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16270 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
16271 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
16272 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16273 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16274 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16275 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16276 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16277 hardware.)"),
16278 NULL,
16279 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
16280 &setlist, &showlist);
16281
16282 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
16283
16284 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16285
16286 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
16287 Set a tracepoint at specified location.\n\
16288 \n"
16289 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16290 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16291 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16292
16293 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
16294 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16295 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16296 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16297
16298 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
16299 Set a fast tracepoint at specified location.\n\
16300 \n"
16301 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16302 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16303 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16304
16305 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
16306 Set a static tracepoint at location or marker.\n\
16307 \n\
16308 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16309 LOCATION may be a linespec, explicit, or address location (described below) \n\
16310 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\n\
16311 If a marker id is specified, probe the marker with that name. With\n\
16312 no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected stack frame.\n\
16313 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16314 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16315 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16316 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16317 \n\
16318 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16319 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\
16320 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16321 conditions are different.\n\
16322 \n\
16323 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16324 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16325 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16326
16327 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
16328 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16329 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16330 last tracepoint set."));
16331
16332 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16333
16334 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
16335 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16336 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16337 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16338 &deletelist);
16339 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace, 1, &deletelist);
16340
16341 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
16342 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16343 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16344 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16345 &disablelist);
16346 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
16347
16348 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
16349 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16350 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16351 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16352 &enablelist);
16353 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
16354
16355 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
16356 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16357 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16358 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16359 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16360
16361 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
16362 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16363 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
16364 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16365
16366 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
16367 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16368 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16369 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16370 session to restore them."),
16371 &save_cmdlist);
16372 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16373
16374 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
16375 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16376 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16377 &save_cmdlist);
16378 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16379
16380 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
16381 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
16382
16383 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16384 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16385 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16386 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16387 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
16388 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
16389 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16390 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16391 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16392 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16393 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
16394 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
16395
16396 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
16397 &pending_break_support, _("\
16398 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16399 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16400 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16401 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16402 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16403 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16404 NULL,
16405 show_pending_break_support,
16406 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16407 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16408
16409 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
16410
16411 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
16412 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
16413 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16414 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16415 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16416 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16417 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16418 NULL,
16419 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
16420 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16421 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16422
16423 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
16424 &always_inserted_mode, _("\
16425 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16426 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16427 When this mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately as soon as\n\
16428 they're created, kept inserted even when execution stops, and removed\n\
16429 only when the user deletes them. When this mode is off (the default),\n\
16430 breakpoints are inserted only when execution continues, and removed\n\
16431 when execution stops."),
16432 NULL,
16433 &show_always_inserted_mode,
16434 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16435 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16436
16437 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint,
16438 condition_evaluation_enums,
16439 &condition_evaluation_mode_1, _("\
16440 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16441 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16442 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16443 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16444 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16445 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16446 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16447 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16448 be set to \"gdb\""),
16449 &set_condition_evaluation_mode,
16450 &show_condition_evaluation_mode,
16451 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16452 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16453
16454 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
16455 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16456 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16457 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16458 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16459 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16460 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16461 or the start of the range\n\
16462 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16463 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16464 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16465 \n\
16466 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16467 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16468 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16469
16470 c = add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint, dprintf_command, _("\
16471 Set a dynamic printf at specified location.\n\
16472 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16473 location may be a linespec, explicit, or address location.\n"
16474 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING));
16475 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16476
16477 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support,
16478 dprintf_style_enums, &dprintf_style, _("\
16479 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16480 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16481 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16482 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16483 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16484 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16485 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16486 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16487 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16488 &setlist, &showlist);
16489
16490 dprintf_function = xstrdup ("printf");
16491 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support,
16492 &dprintf_function, _("\
16493 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16494 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16495 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16496 &setlist, &showlist);
16497
16498 dprintf_channel = xstrdup ("");
16499 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support,
16500 &dprintf_channel, _("\
16501 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16502 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16503 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16504 &setlist, &showlist);
16505
16506 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class,
16507 &disconnected_dprintf, _("\
16508 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16509 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16510 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16511 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16512 NULL,
16513 NULL,
16514 &setlist, &showlist);
16515
16516 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars, agent_printf_command, _("\
16517 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16518 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16519
16520 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
16521
16522 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);
16523 observer_attach_thread_exit (remove_threaded_breakpoints);
16524 }
This page took 0.397907 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.